按圖面說明本發明的卡匣、及電子照片畫像形成裝置。另外,舉例說明雷射束印表機本體、及可裝卸於雷射束印表機本體的鼓卡匣和及顯像卡匣,作為電子照片畫像形成裝置。在以下的說明中,所謂鼓卡匣、及顯像卡匣的長邊方向是與感光鼓的旋轉軸線L1、及顯像滾輪的旋轉軸線L0大致平行的方向(感光體鼓10或顯像滾輪的旋轉軸方向)。又,感光鼓的旋轉軸線L1、及顯像滾輪的旋轉軸線L0是與記錄媒體的搬送方向交叉的方向。又,所謂鼓卡匣、及顯像卡匣的短邊方向是與感光鼓的旋轉軸線L1、及顯像滾輪的旋轉軸線L0大致正交的方向。在本實施例中,將鼓卡匣、及顯像卡匣往雷射束印表機本體裝卸 的方向是各卡匣的短邊方向。又,說明文中的符號是用以參照圖面者,並非限定構成者。並且,在本實施形態的說明中,所謂側面圖是表示由與顯像滾輪的旋轉軸線L0平行的方向來看的狀態的圖。 The cassette and the electronic photo image forming device of the present invention will be described according to the drawings. In addition, the main body of the laser beam printer, the drum cartridge and the developing cartridge that can be attached to and detached from the main body of the laser beam printer are illustrated as an electronic photo image forming device. In the following description, the long-side direction of the drum cartridge and the developing cartridge is the direction approximately parallel to the rotational axis L1 of the photosensitive drum and the rotational axis L0 of the developing roller (photosensitive drum 10 or developing roller The direction of the axis of rotation). In addition, the rotation axis L1 of the photosensitive drum and the rotation axis L0 of the developing roller are directions crossing the conveying direction of the recording medium. In addition, the short-side direction of the drum cassette and the development cassette is a direction substantially orthogonal to the rotation axis L1 of the photosensitive drum and the rotation axis L0 of the development roller. In this embodiment, the direction in which the drum cassette and the imaging cassette are mounted and unloaded to the main body of the laser beam printer is the short-side direction of each cassette. In addition, the symbols in the explanatory text are used to refer to the drawings and do not limit the constituents. In addition, in the description of the present embodiment, the side view is a diagram showing a state viewed from a direction parallel to the rotation axis L0 of the developing roller.
《實施例1》
"Example 1"
(1)畫像形成裝置的全體說明 (1) Overall description of the image forming device
首先,利用圖2來說明有關適用本發明的一實施例的畫像形成裝置的全體構成。圖2是畫像形成裝置的側剖面說明圖。 First, the overall structure of an image forming apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention will be explained using FIG. 2. Fig. 2 is a side cross-sectional explanatory view of the image forming apparatus.
圖2所示的畫像形成裝置是按照從個人電腦等的外部機器所通訊的畫像資訊,藉由電子照片畫像形成製程,在記錄媒體(薄片)2形成利用顯像劑t所產生的畫像。並且,畫像形成裝置是顯像卡匣B1及鼓卡匣C會藉由使用者來可安裝及卸下地設於裝置本體A1。可舉記錄紙、標籤紙、OHP薄片、布等,作為記錄媒體2的一例。並且,顯像卡匣B1是具有作為顯像劑載持體的顯像滾輪13等,鼓卡匣C是具有作為像載持體的感光鼓10、帶電滾輪11等。 The image forming apparatus shown in FIG. 2 forms an image generated by the developer t on the recording medium (sheet) 2 in accordance with image information communicated from an external device such as a personal computer, through an electronic photo image forming process. In addition, the image forming device is the imaging cassette B1 and the drum cassette C, which are installed and detachably installed on the main body A1 of the device by the user. As an example of the recording medium 2, recording paper, label paper, OHP sheet, cloth, etc. can be cited. In addition, the developing cartridge B1 has a developing roller 13 as a developer carrier, and the like, and the drum cartridge C has a photosensitive drum 10 as an image carrier, a charging roller 11, and the like.
感光鼓10是藉由來自裝置本體A1的電壓施加,以帶電滾輪11來使感光鼓10的表面一樣地帶電。然後,對應於畫像資訊的雷射光L會從光學手段1來照射至帶電的感光鼓10,在感光鼓10形成對應於畫像資訊的靜電潛像。此靜電潛像是藉由後述的顯像手段,以顯像劑t來顯像, 在感光鼓10表面形成顯像劑像。 The photoreceptor drum 10 is uniformly charged on the surface of the photoreceptor drum 10 with the charging roller 11 by applying a voltage from the main body A1 of the device. Then, the laser light L corresponding to the image information is irradiated from the optical means 1 to the charged photosensitive drum 10, and an electrostatic latent image corresponding to the image information is formed on the photosensitive drum 10. This electrostatic latent image is developed with a developer t by a developing means described later, and a developer image is formed on the surface of the photosensitive drum 10.
另一方面,被收容於給紙托盤4的記錄媒體2是與前述顯像劑像的形成同步,被給紙滾輪3a及壓接於此的分離墊3b所規制,一張一張分離給送。然後,記錄媒體2是藉由搬送引導3d,搬送至作為轉印手段的轉印滾輪6。轉印滾輪6是被彈壓成接觸於感光鼓10表面。 On the other hand, the recording medium 2 contained in the paper feed tray 4 is synchronized with the formation of the aforementioned developer image, and is regulated by the paper feed roller 3a and the separation pad 3b pressed thereon, and is fed separately one by one. . Then, the recording medium 2 is conveyed to the transfer roller 6 as a transfer means by the conveyance guide 3d. The transfer roller 6 is elastically pressed to contact the surface of the photosensitive drum 10.
其次,記錄媒體2是通過以感光鼓10及轉印滾輪6所形成的轉印夾部6a。此時,藉由在轉印滾輪6施加與顯像劑像相反極性的電壓,形成於感光鼓10表面上的顯像劑像會被轉印至記錄媒體2。 Next, the recording medium 2 passes through the transfer nip 6a formed by the photosensitive drum 10 and the transfer roller 6. At this time, by applying a voltage of the opposite polarity to the developer image to the transfer roller 6, the developer image formed on the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 is transferred to the recording medium 2.
被轉印顯像劑像的記錄媒體2是被搬送引導3f規制,往定影手段5搬送。定影手段5是具備驅動滾輪5a、及內藏加熱器5b的定影滾輪5c。然後,記錄媒體2是在通過以驅動滾輪5a及定影滾輪5c所形成的夾部5d時,施加熱及壓力,被轉印於記錄媒體2的顯像劑像會被定影於記錄媒體2。藉此,在記錄媒體2形成畫像。 The recording medium 2 to which the developer image is transferred is regulated by the conveyance guide 3f and is conveyed to the fixing means 5. The fixing means 5 is a fixing roller 5c provided with a driving roller 5a and a built-in heater 5b. Then, when the recording medium 2 passes through the nip 5d formed by the driving roller 5a and the fixing roller 5c, heat and pressure are applied, and the developer image transferred to the recording medium 2 is fixed to the recording medium 2. In this way, an image is formed on the recording medium 2.
之後,記錄媒體2是藉由排出滾輪對3g來搬送,往排出部3h排出。 After that, the recording medium 2 is conveyed by the ejection roller pair 3g, and is ejected to the ejection section 3h.
(2)電子照片畫像形成製程的說明 (2) Description of the electronic photo portrait forming process
其次,利用圖3來說明有關適用本發明之一實施例的電子照片畫像形成製程。圖3是顯像卡匣B1及鼓卡匣C的剖面說明圖。 Next, FIG. 3 is used to illustrate the process of forming an electronic photo image according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional explanatory view of the developing cartridge B1 and the drum cartridge C.
如圖3所示般,顯像卡匣B1是在顯像容器16中具備 作為顯像手段的顯像滾輪13、顯像刀片15等。顯像卡匣B1是被卡匣化的顯像裝置,對於畫像形成裝置的裝置本體裝卸。 As shown in Fig. 3, the developing cassette B1 is provided with a developing container 16, a developing roller 13, a developing blade 15, and the like as a developing means. The development cassette B1 is a cassette-formed development device, which is attached to and detached from the device body of the image forming device.
並且,鼓卡匣C是在清除框體(感光體支撐框體)21具備感光鼓10、帶電滾輪11等。鼓卡匣C也對於畫像形成裝置的裝置本體裝卸。 In addition, the drum cartridge C includes a photoreceptor drum 10, a charging roller 11, and the like in a cleaning frame (photoreceptor support frame) 21. The drum cassette C is also attached to and detached from the apparatus body of the image forming apparatus.
在顯像容器16的顯像劑收納部16a所被收納的顯像劑t是藉由可旋轉地被顯像容器16支撐的顯像劑搬送構件17旋轉於箭號X17方向,來從顯像容器16的開口部16b往顯像室16c內送出。在顯像容器16設有內藏磁鐵滾輪12的顯像滾輪13。具體而言,顯像滾輪13是由軸部13e及橡膠部13d所構成。軸部13e是鋁等的導電性的細長的圓筒狀,在其長邊方向,中央部是以橡膠部13d所覆蓋(參照圖6)。在此,橡膠部13d是以外形形狀與軸部13e形成同軸線上的方式,被覆於軸部13e。顯像滾輪13是藉由磁鐵滾輪12的磁力來使顯像室16c的顯像劑t吸引至顯像滾輪13的表面。並且,顯像刀片15是由支撐構件15a(由板金所形成)及彈性構件15b(尿烷橡膠或SUS板等所形成)所構成,彈性構件15b會被設成對於顯像滾輪13持一定的接觸壓來彈性地接觸。然後,藉由顯像滾輪13旋轉於旋轉方向X5,規定附著於顯像滾輪13的表面的顯像劑t的量,對顯像劑t賦予摩擦帶電電荷。藉此,在顯像滾輪13表面形成顯像劑層。然後,在使從裝置本體A1施加電壓的顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10接觸的狀態下, 使旋轉於旋轉方向X5,藉此往感光鼓10的顯像領域供給顯像劑t。 The developer t stored in the developer storage portion 16a of the developer container 16 is developed by rotating the developer conveying member 17 rotatably supported by the developer container 16 in the arrow X17 direction. The opening 16b of the container 16 is sent out into the developing chamber 16c. The developing container 16 is provided with a developing roller 13 in which a magnet roller 12 is built-in. Specifically, the developing roller 13 is composed of a shaft portion 13e and a rubber portion 13d. The shaft portion 13e is a conductive elongated cylindrical shape such as aluminum, and the center portion is covered with a rubber portion 13d in the longitudinal direction (see FIG. 6). Here, the rubber portion 13d is covered on the shaft portion 13e so that the outer shape and the shaft portion 13e form a coaxial line. The developing roller 13 attracts the developer t in the developing chamber 16 c to the surface of the developing roller 13 by the magnetic force of the magnet roller 12. In addition, the developing blade 15 is composed of a supporting member 15a (formed of sheet metal) and an elastic member 15b (formed of urethane rubber or SUS plate, etc.). The elastic member 15b is set to hold the developing roller 13 to a certain extent. Contact pressure comes in elastic contact. Then, when the developing roller 13 rotates in the rotation direction X5, the amount of the developer t adhering to the surface of the developing roller 13 is specified, and the developer t is given a triboelectric charge. Thereby, a developer layer is formed on the surface of the developing roller 13. Then, the developing roller 13 to which a voltage is applied from the main body A1 of the apparatus is brought into contact with the photosensitive drum 10, is rotated in the rotation direction X5, whereby the developer t is supplied to the developing area of the photosensitive drum 10.
在此,像本實施例那樣的接觸顯像方式的情況,若像圖3所示那樣顯像滾輪13經常維持接觸於感光鼓10的狀態,則恐有顯像滾輪13的橡膠部13b變形之虞。因此,在非顯像時,使顯像滾輪13離開感光鼓10為理想。 Here, in the case of the contact development method like this embodiment, if the development roller 13 is always kept in contact with the photosensitive drum 10 as shown in FIG. 3, the rubber portion 13b of the development roller 13 may be deformed. Yu. Therefore, it is ideal to keep the developing roller 13 away from the photosensitive drum 10 when it is not developing.
在感光鼓10的外周面接觸設置可旋轉地被支撐於框體21且被彈壓至感光鼓10的方向之帶電滾輪11。有關詳細構成後述。帶電滾輪11是藉由來自裝置本體A1的電壓施加,使感光鼓10的表面一樣地帶電。施加於帶電滾輪11的電壓是被設定成感光鼓10的表面與帶電滾輪11的電位差會成為放電開始電壓以上那樣的值。具體而言,施加-1300V的直流電壓,作為帶電偏壓。此時,使感光鼓10的表面一樣地接觸帶電成帶電電位(暗部電位)-700V。並且,在本例中,此帶電滾輪11是對於感光鼓10的旋轉,驅動旋轉(詳細後述)。然後,藉由光學手段1的雷射光L,在感光鼓10的表面形成靜電潛像。之後,按照感光鼓10的靜電潛像來使顯像劑t轉移,而使靜電潛像可視像化,在感光鼓10形成顯像劑像。 A charging roller 11 rotatably supported by the frame 21 and squeezed to the direction of the photosensitive drum 10 is provided in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the photosensitive drum 10. The detailed structure will be described later. The charging roller 11 is uniformly charged on the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 by applying a voltage from the main body A1 of the device. The voltage applied to the charging roller 11 is set so that the potential difference between the surface of the photoreceptor drum 10 and the charging roller 11 becomes equal to or higher than the discharge start voltage. Specifically, a DC voltage of -1300V was applied as a charging bias. At this time, the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 is uniformly contacted and charged to a charging potential (dark portion potential) of -700V. In addition, in this example, the charging roller 11 is driven to rotate in response to the rotation of the photosensitive drum 10 (details will be described later). Then, the laser light L of the optical means 1 forms an electrostatic latent image on the surface of the photosensitive drum 10. After that, the developer t is transferred in accordance with the electrostatic latent image of the photosensitive drum 10 to visualize the electrostatic latent image, and a developer image is formed on the photosensitive drum 10.
(3)無清除器系統的構成說明 (3) Description of the structure of the system without a scavenger
其次,以下說明有關本例的無清除器系統。 Next, the following describes the scavengerless system of this example.
在本實施例中是顯示不設置從感光鼓10的表面除去未被轉印而殘留於感光鼓10上的轉印殘留顯像劑t2的清 除構件、所謂的無清除器系統的例子。 In this embodiment, a so-called cleanerless system is shown that does not provide a cleaning member that removes the transfer residual developer t2 remaining on the photoreceptor drum 10 without being transferred from the surface of the photoreceptor drum 10.
如圖3所示般,感光體鼓10是被旋轉驅動於箭號C5方向。由感光體鼓10的旋轉方向C5來看,在帶電滾輪11與感光鼓10的抵接部之帶電夾部11a的上游側是有空隙部(上游空隙部11b)。在轉印工程後殘留於感光鼓10的表面的轉印殘留顯像劑t2是藉由此上游空隙部11b的放電來與感光鼓同樣地被帶電成負極性。此時,感光鼓10表面是被帶電成-700V。帶電成負極性的轉印殘留顯像劑t2是在帶電夾部11a因電位差的關係(感光鼓10表面電位=-700V,帶電滾輪11電位=-1300V)在帶電滾輪11是不附著通過。 As shown in FIG. 3, the photoreceptor drum 10 is rotationally driven in the direction of arrow C5. Viewed from the rotation direction C5 of the photoreceptor drum 10, there is a gap (upstream gap 11b) on the upstream side of the charging nip portion 11a of the contact portion between the charging roller 11 and the photoreceptor drum 10. The transfer residual developer t2 remaining on the surface of the photoreceptor drum 10 after the transfer process is charged to the negative polarity like the photoreceptor drum by the discharge of the upstream gap portion 11b. At this time, the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 is charged to -700V. The transfer residual developer t2 charged to the negative polarity is caused by the potential difference in the charging nip 11a (the surface potential of the photosensitive drum 10 = -700V, the potential of the charged roller 11 = -1300V) and passes through the charging roller 11 without being attached.
通過帶電夾部11a的轉印殘留顯像劑t2是到達雷射照射位置d。轉印殘留顯像劑t2沒那麼多遮蔽光學手段的雷射光L。因此,不影響製作感光鼓10上的靜電潛像的工程。通過雷射照射位置d且處於非曝光部(未接受雷射照射的感光鼓10的表面)的轉印殘留顯像劑t2是在顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10的抵接部之顯像夾部13k,藉由靜電力來回收至顯像滾輪13。另一方面,曝光部(接受雷射照射的感光鼓10的表面)的轉印殘留顯像劑t2是未被靜電力回收,原封不動繼續存在於感光鼓10上。但,一部分的轉印殘留顯像劑t2也有因為顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10的周速差所產生的物理性的力量而被回收的情形。 The transfer residual developer t2 passing through the charging nip 11a reaches the laser irradiation position d. The transfer residual developer t2 does not so much shield the laser light L of the optical means. Therefore, the process of producing the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum 10 is not affected. The transfer residual developer t2 that passes through the laser irradiation position d and is in the non-exposed part (the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 that is not irradiated by the laser) is the developing clamp at the abutting part of the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 The portion 13k is recovered to the developing roller 13 by electrostatic force. On the other hand, the transfer residual developer t2 of the exposure part (the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 that receives the laser irradiation) is not recovered by electrostatic force, and continues to exist on the photosensitive drum 10 as it is. However, a part of the transfer residual developer t2 may be recovered due to the physical force generated by the peripheral speed difference between the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10.
如此未被轉印於紙,而留在感光體鼓10上的轉印殘留顯像劑t2是大概被回收於顯像容器16。被回收於顯像 容器16的轉印殘留顯像劑t2是與留在顯像容器16內的顯像劑t混合,再度使用於顯像。 In this way, the transfer residual developer t2 remaining on the photoreceptor drum 10 without being transferred to the paper is probably recovered in the developing container 16. The transfer residual developer t2 collected in the developing container 16 is mixed with the developer t remaining in the developing container 16 and used for development again.
並且,在本實施例中,為了不使轉印殘留顯像劑t2附著於帶電滾輪11,使通過帶電夾部11a,而採用以下的2個構成。 In addition, in this embodiment, in order to prevent the transfer residual developer t2 from adhering to the charging roller 11 and to pass the charging nip portion 11a, the following two configurations are adopted.
第一是在轉印滾輪6與帶電滾輪11之間設置光除電構件8。光除電構件8是位於帶電夾部11a的感光鼓10的旋轉方向(箭號C5)上游側。然後,此光除電構件8是為了在上游空隙部11b進行安定的放電,而將通過轉印夾部6a後的感光鼓10的表面電位予以光除電。藉由此光除電構件8,先使帶電前的感光鼓10的電位在長邊全域形成-150V程度,藉此在帶電時可進行均一的放電,可使轉印殘留顯像劑t2均一地形成負極性。 The first is to provide an optical neutralization member 8 between the transfer roller 6 and the charging roller 11. The light neutralization member 8 is located on the upstream side of the rotation direction (arrow C5) of the photosensitive drum 10 of the charging nip portion 11a. Then, the optical neutralization member 8 photo neutralizes the surface potential of the photosensitive drum 10 after passing through the transfer nip portion 6a in order to perform stable discharge in the upstream gap portion 11b. With this optical neutralization member 8, the potential of the photosensitive drum 10 before charging is set to about -150V on the entire long side, so that uniform discharge can be performed during charging, and the transfer residual developer t2 can be uniformly formed Negative polarity.
第二是設預定的周速差,使帶電滾輪11與感光鼓10驅動旋轉。藉由上述的放電,大部分的色粉(toner)會形成負極性,但若干未能形成負極性的轉印殘留顯像劑t2會殘留,此轉印殘留顯像劑t2會在帶電夾部11a附著於帶電滾輪11。藉由設預定的周速差來使帶電滾輪11與感光鼓10驅動旋轉,可利用感光鼓10與帶電滾輪11的摩擦來使如此的轉印殘留顯像劑t2形成負極性。藉此具有抑制轉印殘留顯像劑t2附著至帶電滾輪13的效果。本實施構成是在帶電滾輪11的長邊一端設有帶電滾輪齒輪69(圖16,詳細後述),帶電滾輪齒輪69是與設在感光鼓10的同長邊一端的驅動側凸緣24(圖16,詳細後述)卡合。因 此,隨著感光鼓10的旋轉驅動,帶電滾輪11也旋轉驅動。帶電滾輪11的表面的周速相對於感光鼓10表面的周速是設定成105~120%程度。 The second is to set a predetermined peripheral speed difference to drive the charging roller 11 and the photosensitive drum 10 to rotate. Through the above-mentioned discharge, most of the toner (toner) will form negative polarity, but some transfer residual developer t2 that fails to form negative polarity will remain, and this transfer residual developer t2 will be in the charging nip. 11a is attached to the charged roller 11. By setting a predetermined peripheral speed difference to drive the charging roller 11 and the photosensitive drum 10 to rotate, the friction between the photosensitive drum 10 and the charging roller 11 can be used to make the transfer residual developer t2 negative. This has the effect of suppressing the adhesion of the transfer residual developer t2 to the charging roller 13. In this embodiment, a charging roller gear 69 is provided at one end of the long side of the charging roller 11 (FIG. 16, which will be described in detail later). The charging roller gear 69 is the same as the driving side flange 24 (FIG. 16. Details will be described later) Snap. Therefore, as the photosensitive drum 10 is rotationally driven, the charging roller 11 is also rotationally driven. The peripheral speed of the surface of the charging roller 11 relative to the peripheral speed of the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 is set to about 105 to 120%.
(4)顯像卡匣B1的構成說明 (4) Description of the composition of the imaging cassette B1
<顯像卡匣B1全體構成> <The overall composition of the developing cassette B1>
其次,利用圖來說明有關適用本發明的一實施例的顯像卡匣B1的構成。另外,在以下的說明中,將有關長邊方向,從裝置本體A1傳達旋轉力至顯像卡匣B1的側稱為「驅動側」,作為顯像卡匣B1的一端側。並且,將其相反側稱為「非驅動側」,作為顯像卡匣B1的另一端側。圖4是由驅動側來看顯像卡匣B1的斜視說明圖。圖5是由非驅動側來看顯像卡匣B1的斜視說明圖。圖6是將顯像卡匣B1的驅動側分解,而由驅動側來看的斜視說明圖(a)及由非驅動側來看的斜視說明圖(b)。圖7是將顯像卡匣B1的非驅動側分解,而由非驅動側來看的斜視說明圖(a)及由驅動側來看的斜視說明圖(b)。 Next, the structure of the developing cassette B1 to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied will be explained with reference to the drawings. In addition, in the following description, regarding the longitudinal direction, the side that transmits the rotational force from the apparatus body A1 to the development cassette B1 is referred to as the "drive side", and is referred to as one end side of the development cassette B1. In addition, the opposite side is referred to as the "non-driving side" as the other end side of the developing cassette B1. Fig. 4 is a perspective explanatory view of the developing cartridge B1 as viewed from the driving side. Fig. 5 is a perspective explanatory view of the developing cartridge B1 as viewed from the non-driving side. Fig. 6 is a perspective explanatory view (a) viewed from the drive side with the drive side of the developing cartridge B1 disassembled, and a diagonal explanatory view (b) viewed from the non-drive side. Fig. 7 is a perspective explanatory diagram (a) viewed from the non-driving side, and a perspective explanatory diagram (b) viewed from the driving side, with the non-driving side of the developing cartridge B1 disassembled.
如圖6、圖7所示般,顯像卡匣B1是具備顯像滾輪13、顯像刀片15等。顯像刀片15是支撐構件15a的長邊方向的驅動側端部15a1、非驅動側端部15a2會以螺絲51、螺絲52來對於顯像容器16固定。在顯像容器16的長邊兩端分別配置有驅動側顯像軸承36及非驅動側顯像軸承46。顯像滾輪13是驅動側端部13a會與驅動側顯像軸承36的孔36a嵌合。並且,非驅動側端部13c會與非 驅動側軸承46的支撐部46f嵌合。藉由以上,顯像滾輪13是對於顯像容器16可旋轉地被支撐。並且,在顯像滾輪13的驅動側端部13a,在比驅動側顯像軸承36更長邊方向外側,顯像滾輪齒輪29會與顯像滾輪13同軸配置,顯像滾輪13與顯像滾輪齒輪29會卡合成能夠一體地旋轉(參照圖4)。顯像滾輪齒輪29是斜齒齒車。 As shown in Figs. 6 and 7, the developing cassette B1 is provided with a developing roller 13, a developing blade 15, and the like. The developing blade 15 is a drive-side end 15a1 and a non-drive-side end 15a2 in the longitudinal direction of the support member 15a, and is fixed to the developing container 16 with screws 51 and 52. A driving side development bearing 36 and a non-driving side development bearing 46 are respectively arranged at both ends of the long side of the development container 16. The development roller 13 has a drive-side end 13 a that fits into the hole 36 a of the drive-side development bearing 36. In addition, the non-driving side end 13c is fitted into the supporting portion 46f of the non-driving side bearing 46. As shown in FIG. With the above, the developing roller 13 is rotatably supported with respect to the developing container 16. In addition, at the drive side end 13a of the development roller 13, the development roller gear 29 is arranged coaxially with the development roller 13 on the outer side in the longer side direction than the drive side development bearing 36, and the development roller 13 and the development roller The gear 29 is engaged to be able to rotate integrally (refer to FIG. 4). The developing roller gear 29 is a helical gear wheel.
驅動側顯像軸承36是在其長邊方向外側,可旋轉地支撐驅動輸入齒輪27。驅動輸入齒輪27是與顯像滾輪齒輪29咬合。驅動輸入齒輪27也是斜齒齒車。驅動輸入齒輪27的齒數是比顯像滾輪齒輪29的齒數更多。 The drive side development bearing 36 rotatably supports the drive input gear 27 on the outer side in the longitudinal direction. The drive input gear 27 meshes with the developing roller gear 29. The drive input gear 27 is also a helical gear. The number of teeth of the drive input gear 27 is greater than the number of teeth of the developing roller gear 29.
並且,與驅動輸入齒輪27同軸設有耦合構件180。 In addition, a coupling member 180 is provided coaxially with the drive input gear 27.
在顯像卡匣B1的驅動側最端部是設有顯像側蓋34,而使能由長邊外側來覆蓋驅動輸入齒輪27等。在此,將以顯像容器16、非驅動側顯像軸承46、驅動側顯像軸承36及驅動側側蓋34所構成的顯像卡匣的框體稱為顯像框體。而且,耦合構件180會通過顯像側蓋34的孔34a來突出至長邊外側。詳細後述,作為驅動輸入構件的耦合構件180是與設在裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100卡合,成為傳達(輸入)旋轉力的構成。並且,成為其旋轉力是經由耦合構件180的旋轉力傳達部180c1、180C2來傳至驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉力被傳達部27d1(參照圖8)、及旋轉被傳達部27d2(未圖示)的構成。結果,成為被輸入至耦合構件180的旋轉力是經由驅動輸入齒輪27、顯像滾輪齒輪29來傳達至作為旋轉構件的顯像滾輪13之構 成。 At the extreme end of the drive side of the development cassette B1, a development side cover 34 is provided to enable the drive input gear 27 and the like to be covered from the outside of the long side. Here, the frame of the development cassette composed of the development container 16, the non-driving side development bearing 46, the driving side development bearing 36, and the driving side cover 34 is referred to as a development frame. Moreover, the coupling member 180 protrudes to the outside of the long side through the hole 34 a of the display side cover 34. As described in detail later, the coupling member 180 as a drive input member is engaged with the main body side drive member 100 provided in the apparatus main body A1 to transmit (input) rotational force. In addition, the rotational force is transmitted to the rotational force transmitting portion 27d1 (see FIG. 8) of the drive input gear 27 via the rotational force transmitting portions 180c1 and 180C2 of the coupling member 180, and the rotation transmitted portion 27d2 (not shown) The composition. As a result, the rotational force input to the coupling member 180 is transmitted to the developing roller 13 as the rotating member via the drive input gear 27 and the developing roller gear 29.
並且,在驅動側顯像軸承36是設有第1可動構件120。而且,該第1可動構件120是以作為第1本體部的驅動側抵接離間桿70、及作為第1彈性部(彈性變形的部分、構件)的驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71所構成。驅動側抵接離間桿70是接受驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈性力的構件。 In addition, the first movable member 120 is provided on the driving side developing bearing 36. In addition, the first movable member 120 is composed of a drive-side contact and release lever 70 as a first body portion, and a drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 as a first elastic portion (elastically deformed portion, member). The drive-side abutment and release lever 70 is a member that receives the elastic force of the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71.
在此,於本實施例中,第1本體部與第1彈性部是以可分離的別體所構成。但,第1可動構件120是第1本體部與第1彈性部亦可一體形成,並非限定其構成。而且,在非驅動側顯像軸承46是設有第2可動構件121。而且,該第2可動構件121是以作為第2本體部的非驅動側抵接離間桿72、及作為第2彈性部(彈性變形的部分、構件)的非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73所構成。非驅動側抵接離間桿72是接受來自非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73的彈性力之構件。 Here, in this embodiment, the first body part and the first elastic part are constituted by separate bodies that are separable. However, the first movable member 120 may be formed integrally with the first body portion and the first elastic portion, and its structure is not limited. In addition, the second movable member 121 is provided on the non-driving side developing bearing 46. Furthermore, the second movable member 121 is composed of a non-driving side contacting and separating lever 72 as a second body portion, and a non-driving side developing pressurizing spring 73 as a second elastic portion (elastically deformed part, member). constitute. The non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 is a member that receives the elastic force from the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73.
在此,於本實施例中,第2本體部與第2彈性部是以可分離的別體構成。但,第2可動構件121是第2本體部與第2彈性部亦可為一體形成,並非限定其構成。 Here, in this embodiment, the second body part and the second elastic part are formed as separate bodies that are separable. However, the second movable member 121 may be formed integrally with the second main body portion and the second elastic portion, and its structure is not limited.
詳細隨後說明。 The details will be described later.
<耦合構件180及周邊構成> <Coupling member 180 and surrounding structure>
以下,詳細說明有關耦合構件180、及周邊構成。 Hereinafter, the coupling member 180 and the surrounding structure will be described in detail.
如圖6所示般,在顯像卡匣B1的驅動側是設有耦合 構件180、驅動輸入齒輪27、耦合彈簧185。耦合構件180是與設在裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100卡合,傳達旋轉力。具體而言,如圖8(b)所示般,耦合構件180主要是以旋轉力承受部180a1、180a2、被支撐部180b、旋轉力傳達部180c1、180c2、引導部180d所構成。耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a1、180a2是配置於比驅動輸入齒輪27的驅動側端部27a還長邊方向外側(參照圖8(a)(b))。然後,一旦本體側驅動構件100繞旋轉軸線L4旋轉於箭號X6方向(以下設為正轉X方向),則本體側驅動構件100的旋轉力賦予部100a1會與旋轉力承受部180a1抵接。並且,本體側驅動構件100的旋轉力賦予部100a2會與旋轉力承受部180a2抵接。藉此,從本體側驅動構件100傳達旋轉力至耦合構件180。如圖8(b)、圖8(e)所示般,耦合構件180的被支撐部180b是大略球形狀,被支撐部180b會被驅動輸入齒輪27的內周面的支撐部27b所支撐。並且,在耦合構件180的被支撐部180b設有旋轉力傳達部180c1、180c2。旋轉力傳達部180c1是與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉力被傳達部27d1接觸。同樣,旋轉力傳達部180c2是與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉力被傳達部27d2抵接。藉此,驅動輸入齒輪27會藉由從本體側驅動構件100接受驅動的耦合構件180來驅動,驅動輸入齒輪27會繞旋轉軸線L3來旋轉於正轉方向X6。 As shown in Fig. 6, a coupling member 180, a driving input gear 27, and a coupling spring 185 are provided on the driving side of the developing cartridge B1. The coupling member 180 is engaged with the main body side drive member 100 provided in the apparatus main body A1, and transmits rotational force. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8(b), the coupling member 180 is mainly composed of rotational force receiving parts 180a1, 180a2, supported parts 180b, rotational force transmitting parts 180c1, 180c2, and guide parts 180d. The rotational force receiving portions 180a1 and 180a2 of the coupling member 180 are arranged on the outer side in the longitudinal direction than the drive side end portion 27a of the drive input gear 27 (see Fig. 8(a)(b)). Then, when the main body side drive member 100 rotates around the rotation axis L4 in the arrow X6 direction (hereinafter referred to as the forward rotation X direction), the rotation force applying portion 100a1 of the main body side drive member 100 abuts the rotation force receiving portion 180a1. In addition, the rotational force applying portion 100a2 of the main body-side drive member 100 abuts against the rotational force receiving portion 180a2. Thereby, the rotational force is transmitted from the main body-side driving member 100 to the coupling member 180. As shown in FIGS. 8( b) and 8 (e ), the supported portion 180 b of the coupling member 180 has a substantially spherical shape, and the supported portion 180 b is supported by the supporting portion 27 b on the inner peripheral surface of the drive input gear 27. The supported portion 180b of the coupling member 180 is provided with rotational force transmission portions 180c1 and 180c2. The rotational force transmitting portion 180c1 is in contact with the rotational force transmitting portion 27d1 of the drive input gear 27. Similarly, the rotational force transmitting portion 180c2 is in contact with the rotational force transmitting portion 27d2 of the drive input gear 27. Thereby, the drive input gear 27 is driven by the coupling member 180 that receives drive from the main body side drive member 100, and the drive input gear 27 rotates in the forward rotation direction X6 about the rotation axis L3.
在此,如圖8(c)所示般,本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3會設成同軸。 然而,因為零件尺寸的偏差等,如圖8(d)所示般,會有本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3自同軸平行地稍微偏離的情況。如此的情況,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2對於驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3傾斜的狀態下旋轉,旋轉力會從本體側驅動構件100傳達至耦合構件180。而且,亦有驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3對於本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4,自同軸持角度稍微偏離的情況。在此情況中,對於本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2傾斜的狀態下,旋轉力會從本體側驅動構件100傳達至耦合構件180。 Here, as shown in FIG. 8(c), the rotation axis L4 of the main body-side drive member 100 and the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 are arranged coaxially. However, due to the deviation of component dimensions, as shown in FIG. 8(d), the rotation axis L4 of the main body side drive member 100 and the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 may deviate slightly from the coaxial parallel. In this case, when the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is rotated in a state where the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 is inclined, the rotational force is transmitted from the main body-side drive member 100 to the coupling member 180. In addition, the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 may slightly deviate from the coaxial axis of the rotation axis L4 of the main body side drive member 100. In this case, in a state where the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is inclined with respect to the rotation axis L4 of the main body-side drive member 100, the rotational force is transmitted from the main body-side drive member 100 to the coupling member 180.
又,如圖8(a)所示般,在驅動輸入齒輪27,與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3同軸地,斜齒齒輪或平齒齒輪的齒輪部27c會被一體成形設置(在本實施例是使用斜齒齒輪)。然後,齒輪部27c會與顯像滾輪齒輪29的齒輪部29a咬合。顯像滾輪齒輪29是與顯像滾輪13一體地旋轉,因此驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉力會經由顯像滾輪齒輪29來傳達至顯像滾輪13。然後,顯像滾輪13繞著旋轉軸線L9旋轉於旋轉方向X5。 Also, as shown in FIG. 8(a), in the drive input gear 27, coaxially with the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27, the gear portion 27c of the helical gear or the spur gear is integrally formed (in this embodiment) An example is the use of helical gears). Then, the gear portion 27c meshes with the gear portion 29a of the developing roller gear 29. The developing roller gear 29 rotates integrally with the developing roller 13, so the rotational force of the driving input gear 27 is transmitted to the developing roller 13 via the developing roller gear 29. Then, the developing roller 13 rotates in the rotation direction X5 around the rotation axis L9.
<顯像卡匣非驅動側電極部的構成> <Configuration of the non-driving side electrode of the imaging cassette>
其次,利用圖33來說明有關設在顯像卡匣B1的非驅動側端部之作為接點部的記憶體基板47及作為露出面的電極部 47a。記憶體基板47是設在非驅動側顯像軸承46的外周側,且由非驅動側顯像加壓桿72來看可旋轉地支撐顯像滾輪13的支撐部46f側。在記憶體基板47是記錄有顯像卡匣13的製造批次或特性資訊,利用在以裝置本體A1進行畫像形成時。在記憶體基板47是設有鐵或銅等的金屬製的電極部47a,在畫像形成時經由接點部47來與裝置本體A1電性連接進行通訊。 Next, referring to Fig. 33, the memory substrate 47 as the contact part and the electrode part 47a as the exposed surface provided at the non-driving side end of the developing cassette B1 will be described. The memory substrate 47 is provided on the outer peripheral side of the non-driving side development bearing 46 and rotatably supports the support portion 46f side of the development roller 13 as viewed from the non-driving side development pressing rod 72. The memory substrate 47 records the manufacturing lot or characteristic information of the developing cartridge 13 and is used when the device body A1 is used for image formation. The memory substrate 47 is provided with an electrode portion 47a made of metal such as iron or copper, and is electrically connected to the device body A1 via the contact portion 47 during image formation to perform communication.
記憶體基板47是兩端會被插入至設在非驅動側顯像軸承46的基板第一支撐部46m及基板第二支撐部46n,記憶體基板47與基板第一支撐部46m及基板第二支撐部46n是以壓入或黏結等的手段來固定。 The two ends of the memory substrate 47 are inserted into the substrate first support portion 46m and the substrate second support portion 46n provided on the non-driving side development bearing 46, the memory substrate 47, the substrate first support portion 46m and the substrate second The support portion 46n is fixed by means such as press-fitting or bonding.
記憶體基板47的電極部47a是設置複數個。該等複數的電極部47a所排列的方向與記憶體基板47之往基板第一支撐部46m及基板第二支撐部46n的插入方向是被配置於同一方向。 A plurality of electrode portions 47a of the memory substrate 47 are provided. The direction in which the plurality of electrode portions 47a are arranged and the insertion direction of the memory substrate 47 into the substrate first support portion 46m and the substrate second support portion 46n are arranged in the same direction.
<驅動側側蓋與周邊零件的安裝> <Installation of drive side cover and peripheral parts>
其次,詳細說明有關設在顯像卡匣B1的驅動側端部之顯像側蓋34、及耦合桿55的構成。圖9是表示耦合桿55及耦合桿彈簧56往顯像側蓋34安裝的狀態的斜視說明圖、及側面圖。 Next, the configuration of the development side cover 34 and the coupling rod 55 provided at the end of the driving side of the development cassette B1 will be described in detail. FIG. 9 is a perspective explanatory view and a side view showing a state in which the coupling rod 55 and the coupling rod spring 56 are attached to the developing side cover 34.
在顯像側蓋34的長邊方向內側是組裝有耦合桿55及耦合桿彈簧56。具體而言,顯像側蓋34的圓筒形狀的桿定位凸台34m與耦合桿55的孔部55c會被嵌合,以旋轉 軸線L11為中心,耦合桿55是對於顯像側蓋34可轉動地被支撐。並且,耦合桿彈簧56是扭轉線圈彈簧,將一端卡合於耦合桿55,將另一端卡合於顯像側蓋34。具體而言,耦合桿彈簧56的作用臂56a會被卡合於耦合桿55的彈簧栓部55b,且耦合桿彈簧56的固定臂56c會被卡合於顯像側蓋34的彈簧栓部34s(參照圖9(c))。 A coupling rod 55 and a coupling rod spring 56 are assembled on the inner side of the developing side cover 34 in the longitudinal direction. Specifically, the cylindrical rod positioning boss 34m of the development side cover 34 and the hole 55c of the coupling rod 55 are fitted, and the coupling rod 55 is suitable for the development side cover 34 with the rotation axis L11 as the center. It is rotatably supported. In addition, the coupling rod spring 56 is a torsion coil spring, and one end is engaged with the coupling rod 55 and the other end is engaged with the display side cover 34. Specifically, the acting arm 56a of the coupling lever spring 56 will be engaged with the spring bolt portion 55b of the coupling lever 55, and the fixing arm 56c of the coupling lever spring 56 will be engaged with the spring bolt portion 34s of the display side cover 34 (Refer to Figure 9(c)).
在顯像側蓋34的長邊方向外側是安裝有耦合彈簧185,詳細隨後說明。 A coupling spring 185 is mounted on the outer side of the developing side cover 34 in the longitudinal direction, which will be described in detail later.
依序說明有關在顯像側蓋34安裝耦合桿55及耦合桿彈簧56的方法。首先,在耦合桿55的圓筒凸台55a安裝耦合桿彈簧56的圓筒部56d(圖9(a))。此時,使耦合桿彈簧56的作用臂56a卡合於耦合桿55的彈簧栓部55b。並且,先使耦合桿彈簧56的固定臂56c以旋轉軸線L11為中心變形於箭號X11方向。其次,將耦合桿55的孔部55c插入顯像側蓋34的桿定位凸台34m(圖9(a)~(b))。插入時,耦合桿55的止拔部55d與顯像側蓋34的被止拔部34n是成為不干涉的配置。具體而言,如圖9(b)所示般,由長邊方向來看,耦合桿55的止拔部55d與顯像側蓋34的被止拔部34n會成為不重疊的配置。 The method of installing the coupling rod 55 and the coupling rod spring 56 on the display side cover 34 will be described in order. First, the cylindrical part 56d of the coupling rod spring 56 is attached to the cylindrical boss 55a of the coupling rod 55 (FIG. 9(a)). At this time, the action arm 56 a of the coupling lever spring 56 is engaged with the spring bolt portion 55 b of the coupling lever 55. In addition, first, the fixed arm 56c of the coupling lever spring 56 is deformed in the arrow X11 direction with the rotation axis L11 as the center. Next, the hole 55c of the coupling rod 55 is inserted into the rod positioning boss 34m of the developing side cover 34 (FIG. 9(a) to (b)). At the time of insertion, the pull-out prevention portion 55d of the coupling rod 55 and the pull-out prevention portion 34n of the developing side cover 34 are arranged so as not to interfere with each other. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 9( b ), when viewed from the longitudinal direction, the pull-out prevention portion 55 d of the coupling rod 55 and the pull-out prevention portion 34 n of the development side cover 34 are arranged so as not to overlap.
在圖9(b)所示的狀態,如前述般,使耦合桿彈簧56的固定臂56c變形於箭號X11方向。一旦從圖9(b)所示的狀態來解放耦合桿彈簧56的固定臂56c的變形,則如圖9(c)所示般,固定臂56c是被卡合於顯像側蓋34的彈簧栓部34s。然後,成為顯像側蓋34的彈簧栓部34s會接受耦 合桿彈簧56的固定臂56c的變形後的彈壓力之構成。其結果,耦合桿彈簧56的固定臂56c會接受從顯像側蓋34的彈簧栓部34s往箭號X11方向反力。而且,耦合桿55會在其彈簧栓部55b接受來自耦合桿彈簧56的彈壓力。結果,耦合桿55是以旋轉軸L11為中心轉動至箭號X11方向,耦合桿55的旋轉規制部55y會在抵接於顯像側蓋34的規制面34y的位置規制旋轉(參照圖9(a)~(c))。以上完成在顯像側蓋34安裝耦合桿55及耦合桿彈簧56。 In the state shown in FIG. 9(b), as described above, the fixed arm 56c of the coupling lever spring 56 is deformed in the arrow X11 direction. Once the deformation of the fixed arm 56c of the coupling lever spring 56 is released from the state shown in FIG. 9(b), the fixed arm 56c is a spring that is engaged with the display side cover 34 as shown in FIG. 9(c) The plug part 34s. Then, the spring bolt portion 34s that becomes the developing side cover 34 receives the elastic force of the fixed arm 56c of the coupling lever spring 56 after deformation. As a result, the fixed arm 56c of the coupling lever spring 56 receives a reaction force from the spring bolt portion 34s of the developing side cover 34 in the arrow X11 direction. In addition, the coupling rod 55 receives the elastic force of the coupling rod spring 56 at its spring bolt portion 55b. As a result, the coupling lever 55 rotates to the arrow X11 direction with the rotation axis L11 as the center, and the rotation regulating portion 55y of the coupling lever 55 regulates rotation at a position that abuts on the regulating surface 34y of the developing side cover 34 (refer to FIG. 9( a)~(c)). This completes the installation of the coupling rod 55 and the coupling rod spring 56 on the display side cover 34.
另外,此時,耦合桿55的止拔部55d是由長邊方向來看,形成與顯像側蓋34的被止拔部34n重疊的狀態。亦即,耦合桿55是往長邊方向的移動被規制,成為僅以旋轉軸線X11為中心的旋轉可能的構成。在圖9(d)顯示耦合桿55的止拔部55d的剖面圖。 In addition, at this time, the pull-out prevention portion 55 d of the coupling rod 55 is in a state of overlapping with the pull-out prevention portion 34 n of the developing side cover 34 when viewed from the longitudinal direction. That is, the movement of the coupling rod 55 in the longitudinal direction is regulated, and it has a configuration capable of rotating only about the rotation axis X11. FIG. 9(d) shows a cross-sectional view of the pull-out preventing portion 55d of the coupling rod 55.
<顯像側蓋34的組裝> <Assembly of the developing side cover 34>
如圖10所示般,耦合桿55與耦合桿彈簧56成為一體的顯像側蓋34是被固定於驅動側顯像軸承36的長邊方向外側。具體而言,顯像側蓋34的定位部34r1與驅動側軸承36的被定位部36e1會卡合。並且,藉由定位部34r2與被定位部36e2卡合,成為顯像側蓋34對於驅動側顯像軸承36定位的構成。 As shown in FIG. 10, the development side cover 34 in which the coupling rod 55 and the coupling rod spring 56 are integrated is fixed to the outer side in the longitudinal direction of the driving side development bearing 36. Specifically, the positioning portion 34r1 of the development side cover 34 and the positioned portion 36e1 of the drive side bearing 36 engage with each other. In addition, the positioning portion 34r2 engages with the positioned portion 36e2, so that the development side cover 34 is positioned with respect to the drive side development bearing 36.
另外,顯像側蓋34之對於驅動側顯像軸承36的固定方法是使用螺絲或黏著劑等即可,並非限定其構成。 In addition, the method of fixing the development side cover 34 to the drive side development bearing 36 is only to use screws, adhesives, or the like, and the structure is not limited.
一旦安裝顯像側蓋34,則耦合構件180的旋轉力承 受部180a1、180a2、被引導部180d等會通過顯像側蓋34的孔34a。然後,成為耦合構件180露出於顯像卡匣B1的長邊方向外側的構成(參照圖4及圖6)。而且,耦合構件180的被引導部180d(參照圖8)是成為與耦合桿55的引導部55e抵接的構成。 Once the developing side cover 34 is installed, the rotational force receiving portions 180a1, 180a2, the guided portion 180d, etc. of the coupling member 180 pass through the hole 34a of the developing side cover 34. Then, the coupling member 180 is exposed to the outside in the longitudinal direction of the developing cassette B1 (refer to FIGS. 4 and 6). In addition, the guided portion 180 d (see FIG. 8) of the coupling member 180 is configured to abut the guide portion 55 e of the coupling rod 55.
如前述般,耦合桿55是構成以旋轉軸線L11為中心,彈壓力作用於箭號X11方向。藉此,耦合構件180自耦合桿55接受彈壓力F2(參照圖10(b))。 As described above, the coupling rod 55 is configured to have the rotation axis L11 as the center, and the elastic force acts in the arrow X11 direction. Thereby, the coupling member 180 receives the elastic force F2 from the coupling rod 55 (refer to FIG. 10(b)).
而且,在顯像側蓋34是設置有耦合彈簧185。耦合彈簧185是扭轉線圈彈簧,將一端抵接於顯像側蓋36,將另一端抵接於耦合構件180。 Furthermore, a coupling spring 185 is provided on the developing side cover 34. The coupling spring 185 is a torsion coil spring, and one end abuts against the display side cover 36 and the other end abuts against the coupling member 180.
具體而言,耦合彈簧185的定位部185a會被顯像側蓋34的彈簧支撐部34h支撐。並且,耦合彈簧185的固定臂185b會被固定於顯像側蓋34的彈簧卡合部34j。而且,成為耦合彈簧185的作用臂185c會抵接於耦合構件180的被引導部180d之構成。耦合彈簧185的作用臂185c是構成彈壓力會作用於以旋轉軸線X12為中心的箭號L12方向,該旋轉軸線X12是以定位部185a為中心。藉此,耦合構件180是自耦合彈簧185接受彈壓力F1b(參照圖10)。 Specifically, the positioning portion 185 a of the coupling spring 185 is supported by the spring supporting portion 34 h of the developing side cover 34. In addition, the fixing arm 185b of the coupling spring 185 is fixed to the spring engaging portion 34j of the display side cover 34. In addition, the action arm 185c, which is the coupling spring 185, abuts against the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180. The action arm 185c of the coupling spring 185 constitutes an elastic force that acts in the direction of the arrow L12 centered on the rotation axis X12, and the rotation axis X12 is centered on the positioning portion 185a. Thereby, the coupling member 180 receives the elastic force F1b from the coupling spring 185 (refer to FIG. 10).
接受來自耦合桿55的彈壓力F2、及來自耦合彈簧185的彈壓力F1b之耦合構件180是被保持於對於驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3傾斜的姿勢(旋轉軸線L2)(圖10(b))。有關詳細的構成後述。另外,有關保持此時的耦 合構件180的傾斜姿勢的構成或力的作用是以後述的<作用於第二傾斜姿勢D2時的耦合構件180的力關係>來說明。 The coupling member 180 that receives the elastic force F2 from the coupling lever 55 and the elastic force F1b from the coupling spring 185 is held in an inclined posture (rotation axis L2) with respect to the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 (FIG. 10(b) ). The detailed configuration will be described later. It should be noted that the composition and the action of force for maintaining the inclined posture of the coupling member 180 at this time will be described in the following <Force relationship of the coupling member 180 when acting on the second inclined posture D2>.
<耦合構件180的基本動作> <Basic operation of coupling member 180>
其次,利用圖15說明有關在顯像卡匣B1狀態的耦合構件180的基本動作。 Next, the basic operation of the coupling member 180 in the state of the developing cartridge B1 will be explained using FIG. 15.
圖15(a)是由長邊方向剖面來看耦合構件180、驅動輸入齒輪27、驅動側顯像軸承36的關係之擴大圖。圖15(b)是驅動側顯像軸承36的立體圖。並且,圖15(c)是驅動輸入齒輪27的立體圖。 Fig. 15(a) is an enlarged view of the relationship among the coupling member 180, the drive input gear 27, and the drive side developing bearing 36 when viewed in a cross section in the longitudinal direction. FIG. 15(b) is a perspective view of the driving side developing bearing 36. FIG. 15(c) is a perspective view of the drive input gear 27.
耦合構件180的被支撐部180b是被設置於驅動輸入齒輪27的內部27t,且被驅動輸入齒輪27的規制部27s與驅動側顯像軸承36的耦合規制部36s所夾。並且,耦合構件180的被支撐部180b的直徑r180相對於在驅動輸入齒輪27的規制部27s的X180方向的寬度r27、及在驅動側顯像軸承36的耦合規制部36s的X180方向的寬度r36,是形成以下的關係。 The supported portion 180b of the coupling member 180 is provided in the inner portion 27t of the drive input gear 27, and is sandwiched by the regulation portion 27s of the drive input gear 27 and the coupling regulation portion 36s of the drive side development bearing 36. In addition, the diameter r180 of the supported portion 180b of the coupling member 180 is relative to the width r27 in the X180 direction of the regulation portion 27s of the drive input gear 27, and the width r36 of the coupling regulation portion 36s in the drive side development bearing 36 in the X180 direction. , Is to form the following relationship.
‧被支撐部180b的直徑r180>在驅動輸入齒輪27的規制部27s的X180方向的寬度r27 ‧The diameter r180 of the supported part 180b>the width r27 in the X180 direction of the regulation part 27s of the drive input gear 27
‧被支撐部180b的直徑r180>在驅動側顯像軸承36的耦合規制部36s的X180方向的寬度r36 ‧The diameter r180 of the supported part 180b>the width r36 in the X180 direction of the coupling regulation part 36s of the driving side developing bearing 36
藉由此構成,耦合構件180的長邊方向箭號Y180是藉由被支撐部180b抵接於驅動輸入齒輪27的規制部27s 或驅動側顯像軸承36的耦合規制部36s來規制。而且,耦合構件180的剖面方向箭號X180是被支撐部180b會被規制於驅動輸入齒輪27的內部27t的範圍內。因此,耦合構件180是長邊方向Y180及剖面方向X180的移動被規制,但成為以被支撐部180的中心180s為中心的R180方向的傾斜為可能的構成。 With this configuration, the longitudinal arrow Y180 of the coupling member 180 is regulated by the supported portion 180b abutting against the regulating portion 27s of the drive input gear 27 or the coupling regulating portion 36s of the drive side developing bearing 36. In addition, the cross-sectional direction arrow X180 of the coupling member 180 indicates that the supported portion 180b is regulated within the range of the inner portion 27t of the drive input gear 27. Therefore, the coupling member 180 has a structure in which the movement in the longitudinal direction Y180 and the cross-sectional direction X180 is regulated, but the inclination in the R180 direction with the center 180s of the supported portion 180 as the center is possible.
<有關耦合構件180的傾斜姿勢> <About the tilting posture of the coupling member 180>
其次,說明有關耦合構件180的傾斜動作。 Next, the tilting operation of the coupling member 180 will be explained.
如前述般,耦合構件180是從裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100接受驅動力,成為可繞轉動軸線L2旋轉的構成。並且,驅動傳達時的耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2基本上是設定成與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3同軸。而且,因為零件尺寸的偏差等,也會有時耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3不是同軸,稍微偏離。 As described above, the coupling member 180 receives the driving force from the main body side driving member 100 of the apparatus main body A1, and is configured to be rotatable about the rotation axis L2. In addition, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 during drive transmission is basically set to be coaxial with the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27. In addition, due to the deviation of the size of the parts, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 and the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 may not be coaxial, and may deviate slightly.
在本構成中,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2是成為可傾斜於下述的方向之構成。該等是可大致分別其次的3個姿勢。 In this structure, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is a structure which can incline to the following direction. These are three postures that can be roughly separated.
‧基準姿勢D0:耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3同軸或平行的姿勢 ‧ Reference posture D0: posture in which the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 and the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 are coaxial or parallel
‧第一傾斜姿勢D1:顯像卡匣B1被安裝於裝置本體A1,顯像卡匣B1從感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13離間的離間狀態移動至抵接的抵接狀態的途中的姿勢。耦合構件180 的旋轉力承受部180a1180a2(以後稱為旋轉力承受部180a)、被支撐部180b朝向裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100的方向之姿勢。有關離間狀態、抵接狀態等的詳細後述。 ‧First oblique posture D1: The developing cartridge B1 is mounted on the main body A1 of the device, and the developing cartridge B1 moves from the spaced state of the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 to the abutting state of abutment. The rotational force receiving portion 180a1180a2 (hereinafter referred to as the rotational force receiving portion 180a) of the coupling member 180 and the supported portion 180b face the orientation of the main body side driving member 100 of the apparatus main body A1. The details of the separated state, contact state, etc. will be described later.
‧第二傾斜姿勢D2:在將顯像卡匣B1安裝於裝置本體A1時,耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a、被支撐部180b朝向裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100的方向之姿勢。有關安裝時的姿勢等的詳細後述。 ‧Second oblique posture D2: A posture in which the rotational force receiving portion 180a and supported portion 180b of the coupling member 180 face the main body side driving member 100 of the main body A1 when the developing cartridge B1 is mounted on the main body A1. The details of the posture at the time of installation will be described later.
在此、說明耦合構件180與驅動側顯像軸承36的卡合關係。 Here, the engagement relationship between the coupling member 180 and the driving side development bearing 36 will be described.
圖13是表示驅動側顯像軸承36與耦合構件180的關係圖。 FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the relationship between the driving-side developing bearing 36 and the coupling member 180.
圖13(a)是表示驅動側顯像軸承36與耦合構件180的位置之立體圖。圖13(b)是由驅動側正面來看驅動側顯像軸承36的圖。圖13(c)是在圖13(b)中,在由KA剖面來看的圖中追加耦合構件180的圖,圖13(d)是在圖13(b)中,在由KB剖面來看的圖中追加耦合構件180的圖。 FIG. 13(a) is a perspective view showing the positions of the driving side developing bearing 36 and the coupling member 180. FIG. Fig. 13(b) is a view of the driving side developing bearing 36 viewed from the front of the driving side. Figure 13 (c) is in Figure 13 (b), the coupling member 180 is added to the figure viewed from the KA cross section, and Figure 13 (d) is in Figure 13 (b), viewed from the KB cross section The figure of the coupling member 180 is added to the figure of.
如圖13(a)所示般,在耦合構件180,與旋轉軸線L2同軸,於長邊方向內側設有相位規制凸台180e。另一方面,在驅動側顯像軸承36設有凹形狀的相位規制部36kb。尤其相位規制部36kb是設有從驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3中心凹陷至箭號K1a方向的第一傾斜規制部36kb1、凹陷至箭號K2a方向的第二傾斜規制部36kb2。耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是成為被配置於驅動 側顯像軸承36的相位規制部36kb內的構成。亦即,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是在驅動側顯像軸承36的相位規制部36kb被規制位置。換言之,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是可移動於驅動側顯像軸承36的相位規制部36kb內,特別是成為可移動至第一傾斜規制部36kb1及第二傾斜規制部36kb2的構成。當耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e移動至第一傾斜規制部36kb1時,耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a、及被引導部180d是傾斜至與箭號K1a相反方向的箭號K1b方向。這是耦合構件180為取第一傾斜姿勢D1的狀態。並且,當耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e移動至第二傾斜規制部36kb2時,耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a、及被引導部180d是傾斜至與箭號K2a相反方向的箭號K2b方向。這是耦合構件180為取第二傾斜姿勢D2的狀態。 As shown in Fig. 13(a), the coupling member 180 is coaxial with the rotation axis L2, and a phase regulating boss 180e is provided on the inner side in the longitudinal direction. On the other hand, the driving side developing bearing 36 is provided with a concave phase regulating portion 36kb. In particular, the phase regulating portion 36kb is provided with a first tilt regulating portion 36kb1 recessed from the center of the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 to the arrow K1a direction, and a second tilt regulating portion 36kb2 recessed to the arrow K2a direction. The phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is configured to be arranged in the phase regulating portion 36kb of the drive side developing bearing 36. As shown in FIG. That is, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is a regulated position at the phase regulating portion 36kb of the drive-side developing bearing 36. In other words, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is movable within the phase regulating portion 36kb of the drive-side developing bearing 36, and is particularly configured to be movable to the first tilt regulating portion 36kb1 and the second tilt regulating portion 36kb2. When the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 moves to the first inclination regulating portion 36kb1, the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 and the guided portion 180d are inclined to the arrow K1b direction opposite to the arrow K1a. This is a state where the coupling member 180 is in the first inclined posture D1. In addition, when the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 moves to the second tilt regulating portion 36kb2, the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 and the guided portion 180d are inclined to the arrow K2b in the opposite direction to the arrow K2a direction. This is a state where the coupling member 180 is in the second inclined posture D2.
<作用於基準姿勢D0時的耦合構件180的力關係> <The force relationship of the coupling member 180 when acting on the reference posture D0>
以下,針對耦合構件180的基準姿勢D0,利用圖21、圖22來詳細說明耦合構件180的姿勢。 Hereinafter, with respect to the reference posture D0 of the coupling member 180, the posture of the coupling member 180 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22.
圖22是表示在顯像卡匣B1往裝置本體A安裝完了時的耦合桿55與耦合構件180的位置圖。圖22(a)是由驅動側來看的側面圖,圖22(b)是由圖22(a)的箭號X20方向來看的側面圖,圖22(c)是在圖22(b)中以切斷線X30切斷,由非驅動側方向來看的側面圖。 FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the positions of the coupling rod 55 and the coupling member 180 when the imaging cartridge B1 is installed to the main body A of the apparatus. Figure 22 (a) is a side view from the driving side, Figure 22 (b) is a side view from the direction of arrow X20 in Figure 22 (a), Figure 22 (c) is in Figure 22 (b) It is cut by the cutting line X30 and viewed from the side of the non-driving side.
一旦顯像卡匣B1往裝置本體A1的安裝完了,則耦 合構件180會與本體側驅動構件100卡合。然後,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2與本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4、及與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3會被配置於同軸上。換言之,耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a與本體側驅動構件100的旋轉力賦予部100a(旋轉力賦予部100a1與旋轉力賦予部100a2)會成為可卡合的位置(圖8也參照)。 Once the imaging cassette B1 is installed to the main body A1 of the device, the coupling member 180 will engage with the main body side driving member 100. Then, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180, the rotation axis L4 of the main body side drive member 100, and the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 are coaxially arranged. In other words, the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 and the rotational force imparting portion 100a (the rotational force imparting portion 100a1 and the rotational force imparting portion 100a2) of the main body-side drive member 100 become engageable positions (see also FIG. 8).
以下,利用圖34來說明有關至耦合構件180形成與本體側驅動構件100同軸的耦合構件180的動作。圖34是表示至耦合構件180形成與本體驅動構件100同軸的耦合構件的姿勢的剖面圖。圖34(a)是耦合構件180未與本體驅動構件100抵接的狀態的剖面圖,圖34(b)是耦合構件180與本體驅動構件100抵接的瞬間的狀態的剖面圖。而且,圖34(c)是耦合構件180與本體側驅動構件100同軸的狀態的剖面圖。 Hereinafter, the operation of forming the coupling member 180 coaxial with the main body-side driving member 100 to the coupling member 180 will be described using FIG. 34. FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view showing the posture of the coupling member 180 to form a coupling member coaxial with the main body driving member 100. 34(a) is a cross-sectional view of a state where the coupling member 180 is not in contact with the main body drive member 100, and FIG. 34(b) is a cross-sectional view of a state at the moment when the coupling member 180 is in contact with the main body drive member 100. 34(c) is a cross-sectional view of a state in which the coupling member 180 is coaxial with the main body-side driving member 100.
如圖34(a)所示般,耦合構件180是在未與本體驅動構件100抵接的狀態,以耦合構件180的被支撐部180b的中心180s為中心傾斜至本體側驅動構件100的方向。保持該姿勢的狀態不變,耦合構件180前進至本體驅動構件100的方向之箭號X60。於是,耦合構件180是被配置於圓環部180f的內側之凹形狀的圓錐部180g與被配置於本體側驅動構件100的軸前端之凸部100g會抵接。然後,若耦合構件180更前進至箭號X60,則耦合構件180會以耦合構件180的被支撐部180b的中心180s為中心, 移動至耦合構件180的傾斜會減少的方向。其結果,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2與本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4、及與輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3會被配置於同軸上。有關此一連串的動作之耦合構件180所受的力的詳細後述,所以在此省略。 As shown in FIG. 34(a), the coupling member 180 is in a state where it is not in contact with the main body driving member 100, and is inclined to the main body side driving member 100 with the center 180s of the supported portion 180b of the coupling member 180 as the center. The state of maintaining this posture does not change, and the coupling member 180 advances to the arrow X60 in the direction of the main body driving member 100. Then, the coupling member 180 is a concave-shaped conical portion 180g arranged on the inner side of the annular portion 180f and a convex portion 100g arranged on the shaft tip of the main body side drive member 100 abuts. Then, if the coupling member 180 advances further to the arrow X60, the coupling member 180 will move to the direction in which the inclination of the coupling member 180 will decrease with the center 180s of the supported portion 180b of the coupling member 180 as the center. As a result, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180, the rotation axis L4 of the main body side drive member 100, and the rotation axis L3 of the input gear 27 are coaxially arranged. The details of the force received by the coupling member 180 in this series of actions will be described later, so it is omitted here.
然後,此驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3與耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2為配置於同軸上的狀態,耦合構件180的姿勢為基準姿勢D0(耦合構件180的傾斜角度θ2=0°)。並且,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是從驅動側顯像軸承36的第二傾斜規制部36kb2離脫,在驅動側顯像軸承36的相位規制部36b的任何處皆未抵接(參照圖22(c))。並且,耦合桿55的引導部55e是被保持於完全從耦合構件180的被引導部180d退避的狀態(圖22(a))。亦即,耦合構件180是抵接於耦合彈簧185及本體側驅動構件100的兩零件,其傾斜角(θ2)會被決定。在如此的情況中,即使是將顯像卡匣B1安裝於裝置本體A1完了的狀態,也會有耦合構件180的傾斜角(θ2)不成為θ2=0°的情況。 Then, the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 and the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 are coaxially arranged, and the posture of the coupling member 180 is the reference posture D0 (the inclination angle θ2 of the coupling member 180 = 0°). In addition, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is separated from the second tilt regulating portion 36kb2 of the drive-side development bearing 36, and does not abut on the phase regulating portion 36b of the drive-side development bearing 36 (see Figure 22(c)). In addition, the guide portion 55e of the coupling rod 55 is held in a state completely retracted from the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 (FIG. 22(a)). That is, the coupling member 180 is two parts that abut the coupling spring 185 and the main body side driving member 100, and the inclination angle (θ2) of the coupling member 180 is determined. In such a case, even in the state where the imaging cassette B1 is completely mounted on the device body A1, the inclination angle (θ2) of the coupling member 180 may not become θ2=0°.
以下,利用圖14來詳細說明有關顯像卡匣B1被安裝於裝置本體A1完了時的顯像耦合構件180的傾斜姿勢(基準姿勢D0)。 Hereinafter, the inclined posture (reference posture D0) of the development coupling member 180 when the development cassette B1 is installed in the main body A1 of the apparatus will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 14.
圖14是表示耦合構件180與本體側驅動構件100的卡合時的狀態圖。圖14(a)、圖14(b)所示的狀態是驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3與本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸 線L4會被配置成同軸,且耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2也成為同軸時的側面圖及剖面圖。 FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a state when the coupling member 180 and the main body side drive member 100 are engaged. 14(a) and 14(b) show that the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 and the rotation axis L4 of the main body side drive member 100 are arranged coaxially, and the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 also becomes Side view and cross-sectional view when coaxial.
耦合構件180的被引導部180d是自耦合彈簧185接受箭號F1方向的彈壓力(參照圖22(d)),但圓錐部180g是在點180g1、180g2與凸部100g抵接(圖8(e))。其結果,耦合構件180是在圓錐部180g的點180g1、180g2的2點被規制對於本體側驅動構件100的姿勢。亦即,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2是成為與本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4同軸。 The guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 receives the elastic force in the direction of arrow F1 from the coupling spring 185 (refer to FIG. 22(d)), but the cone portion 180g abuts against the convex portion 100g at points 180g1 and 180g2 (FIG. 8( e)). As a result, the coupling member 180 has a regulated posture with respect to the main body side drive member 100 at two points, 180g1 and 180g2 of the cone portion 180g. That is, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is coaxial with the rotation axis L4 of the main body side drive member 100.
一旦裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100由此狀態旋轉驅動,則裝置本體A1的旋轉力賦予部100a與耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a會卡合。然後,成為從裝置本體A1往耦合構件180傳達驅動的構成(參照圖8)。 When the body-side driving member 100 of the device body A1 is rotationally driven in this state, the rotation force applying portion 100a of the device body A1 and the rotation force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 engage. Then, the drive is transmitted from the device main body A1 to the coupling member 180 (refer to FIG. 8).
圖14(c)所示的狀態是驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3與本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4會被配置成同軸,但耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2為傾斜的狀態。因為零件尺寸的偏差,雖耦合構件180的圓錐部180g是與本體側驅動構件100的凸部100g及圓錐部180g的點180g1抵接,但不與圓錐部180g的點180g2抵接。此時,藉由耦合構件180的被引導部180d從耦合彈簧185接受箭號F1方向的彈壓力,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2會傾斜。因此,在圖14(c)中,藉由耦合構件180的圓錐部180g的點180g1與本體側驅動構件100的凸部100g抵接,耦合構件180的姿勢會被規制。亦即,耦合構件180的旋轉軸 線L2是對於本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4傾斜。換言之,耦合構件180的傾斜角(θ2)不會成為θ2=0°。 The state shown in FIG. 14(c) is a state where the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 and the rotation axis L4 of the main body side drive member 100 are arranged coaxially, but the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is inclined. Due to the deviation of the part size, although the cone portion 180g of the coupling member 180 abuts on the convex portion 100g of the main body side drive member 100 and the point 180g1 of the cone portion 180g, it does not abut on the point 180g2 of the cone portion 180g. At this time, as the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 receives the elastic force in the direction of the arrow F1 from the coupling spring 185, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is inclined. Therefore, in FIG. 14(c), the posture of the coupling member 180 is regulated by the point 180g1 of the conical portion 180g of the coupling member 180 abutting the convex portion 100g of the main body-side driving member 100. That is, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is inclined with respect to the rotation axis L4 of the body-side drive member 100. In other words, the inclination angle (θ2) of the coupling member 180 does not become θ2=0°.
而且,圖14(d)是表示因零件尺寸的偏差,當驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3與本體側驅動構件100的旋轉軸線L4非同軸時,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2傾斜的狀態(參照圖8(d))。此情況也是如圖14(c)所示的狀態般,藉由耦合構件180的引導部180d從耦合彈簧185接受彈壓力,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2會傾斜。亦即,耦合構件180的傾斜角(θ2)不會成為θ2=0°。然而,與圖14(c)同樣,藉由耦合構件180的圓錐部180g的點180g1與本體側驅動構件100的凸部100g抵接,耦合構件180的姿勢會被規制。 14(d) shows a state where the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 and the rotation axis L4 of the main body side drive member 100 are not coaxial due to the deviation of the part size, and the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is inclined (refer to Figure 8(d)). This situation is also like the state shown in FIG. 14(c), when the guide portion 180d of the coupling member 180 receives the elastic force from the coupling spring 185, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is inclined. That is, the inclination angle (θ2) of the coupling member 180 does not become θ2=0°. However, as in FIG. 14(c), the posture of the coupling member 180 is regulated by the point 180g1 of the conical portion 180g of the coupling member 180 abutting the convex portion 100g of the main body-side driving member 100.
但,無論是圖14(c)及圖14(d)所示的哪個狀態,皆是一旦裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100旋轉驅動,則裝置本體A1的旋轉力賦予部100a與耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a會卡合。然後,成為從裝置本體A1往耦合構件180傳達驅動的構成。 However, regardless of the state shown in FIG. 14(c) and FIG. 14(d), once the main body side driving member 100 of the main body A1 is rotationally driven, the rotational force applying portion 100a of the main body A1 and the coupling member 180 The rotation force receiving portion 180a of the spool will engage. Then, the drive is transmitted from the device main body A1 to the coupling member 180.
以上,如說明般,在將顯像卡匣B1安裝於裝置本體A1完了的狀態,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2是有形成與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3同軸的情況,也有不形成同軸的情況。但,上述任一情況皆是一旦裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100旋轉驅動,則裝置本體A1的旋轉力賦予部100a與耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a會卡合。然後,成為從裝置本體A1往耦合構件180傳達驅動 的構成。將顯像卡匣B1安裝於裝置本體A1完了,耦合構件180可從裝置本體A1的旋轉力賦予部100a接受驅動力的狀態的耦合構件180的姿勢稱為耦合構件180的基準姿勢D0。另外,傾斜角度是構成本體側驅動構件100的旋轉力賦予部100a與耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a會收於不脫離的範圍。 As described above, in the state where the imaging cartridge B1 has been mounted to the main body A1 of the device, the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 may be coaxial with the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27, or may not be coaxial. Happening. However, in any of the above cases, when the main body side driving member 100 of the apparatus main body A1 is rotationally driven, the rotational force applying portion 100a of the apparatus main body A1 and the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 engage. Then, the drive is transmitted from the device main body A1 to the coupling member 180. The posture of the coupling member 180 in the state where the imaging cassette B1 is installed to the device body A1 and the coupling member 180 can receive the driving force from the rotation force applying portion 100a of the device body A1 is referred to as the reference posture D0 of the coupling member 180. In addition, the inclination angle is a range within which the rotational force applying portion 100a of the main body-side drive member 100 and the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 can be retracted.
以下,依序詳細說明有關耦合構件180的第一傾斜姿勢D1、及第二傾斜姿勢D2。 Hereinafter, the first inclined posture D1 and the second inclined posture D2 of the coupling member 180 will be described in detail in order.
<作用於第一傾斜姿勢D1時的耦合構件180的力關係> <The force relationship of the coupling member 180 when acting on the first inclined posture D1>
首先,利用圖11來說明有關作用於第一傾斜姿勢D1時的耦合構件180的力關係。 First, the force relationship of the coupling member 180 when it acts on the first inclined posture D1 will be explained using FIG. 11.
圖11(a)是顯像卡匣B1被安裝在裝置本體A1內,在感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13為離間的離間狀態時的顯像卡匣B1的側面圖。圖11(b)是由顯像卡匣B1的非驅動側來看在驅動側顯像軸承36的相位規制部36kb內的耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e的位置的剖面圖。而且,圖11(c)是在長邊方向耦合構件180的被引導部180d的位置切斷耦合構件180的被引導部180d,由長邊方向驅動側來看的剖面圖。 Fig. 11(a) is a side view of the developing cartridge B1 when the developing cartridge B1 is installed in the main body A1 of the apparatus and the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 are in a separated state. 11(b) is a cross-sectional view of the position of the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 in the phase regulating portion 36kb of the driving side development bearing 36 as viewed from the non-driving side of the developing cartridge B1. 11(c) is a cross-sectional view when the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 is cut at the position of the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 in the longitudinal direction and viewed from the longitudinal drive side.
耦合桿55是從耦合桿彈簧56(參照圖9)接受以旋轉軸線L11為中心轉動至箭號X11方向的彈壓力。另一方面,當顯像卡匣B1處於被安裝於裝置本體A1內的狀態時,藉由設在裝置本體A1的衝突部80y來規制箭號X11 方向的移動。具體而言,藉由衝突部80y與耦合桿55的旋轉規制部55y抵接,反抗耦合桿彈簧56的彈壓力,而規制耦合桿55的位置。另外,衝突部80y是與驅動側搖動引導80一體形成(參照圖20)。此時,耦合桿55的引導部55e是成為從耦合構件180的被引導部180d退避的狀態。有關耦合桿55與衝突部80y的抵接是在後述的顯像卡匣B1的裝卸過程中詳細說明。 The coupling lever 55 receives an elastic force from the coupling lever spring 56 (refer to FIG. 9) that rotates to the arrow X11 direction about the rotation axis L11 as a center. On the other hand, when the developing cartridge B1 is installed in the main body A1 of the apparatus, the movement in the direction of the arrow X11 is regulated by the collision portion 80y provided in the main body A1 of the apparatus. Specifically, when the conflicting portion 80y abuts against the rotation regulating portion 55y of the coupling rod 55, the position of the coupling rod 55 is regulated against the elastic force of the coupling rod spring 56. In addition, the collision portion 80y is formed integrally with the driving side swing guide 80 (refer to FIG. 20). At this time, the guide portion 55e of the coupling rod 55 is in a state of being retracted from the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180. The contact between the coupling rod 55 and the conflicting portion 80y is described in detail in the process of attaching and detaching the developing cartridge B1, which will be described later.
另一方面,在耦合構件180的被引導部180d,耦合彈簧185的引導部185d會抵接,而力F1a會作用。亦即,耦合構件180的被引導部180d是接受傾斜至箭號F1a方向的力(參照圖11(c))。此時,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是藉由驅動側顯像軸承36的引導部36kb1a或引導部36kb1b、引導部36kb1c來規制,最終是成為移動至第一傾斜規制部36kb1的構成。亦即,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是傾斜至箭號K1a方向(圖11(b)),另一方面,耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a、及被引導部180d是成為傾斜至箭號K1b方向的構成(圖11(a))。將耦合構件180的上述姿勢稱為耦合構件180的第一傾斜姿勢D1。 On the other hand, at the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180, the guide portion 185d of the coupling spring 185 abuts, and the force F1a acts. That is, the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 receives a force inclined to the direction of the arrow F1a (refer to FIG. 11(c)). At this time, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is regulated by the guide portion 36kb1a, the guide portion 36kb1b, and the guide portion 36kb1c of the drive-side developing bearing 36, and finally moves to the first tilt regulating portion 36kb1. That is, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is inclined to the arrow K1a direction (FIG. 11(b)). On the other hand, the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 and the guided portion 180d are inclined to The composition in the direction of the arrow K1b (Figure 11(a)). The above-mentioned posture of the coupling member 180 is referred to as the first inclined posture D1 of the coupling member 180.
在此,耦合彈簧185的引導部185d的方向(箭號F1a方向)是亦可形成對於耦合構件180的被引導部180d,與箭號K1b方向(參照圖11(a))正交的方向。此方向是將耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e衝突於第一傾斜規制部36kb1的方向,如此一來,可減低用以將耦合構件180保 持於第一傾斜姿勢D1的耦合彈簧185的彈壓力。然而,並非限於此,只要藉由調整耦合彈簧185的彈壓力等來將耦合構件180保持於第一傾斜姿勢D1即可。 Here, the direction (arrow F1a direction) of the guide portion 185d of the coupling spring 185 is a direction orthogonal to the arrow K1b direction (see FIG. 11(a)) that may be formed with respect to the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180. This direction is the direction in which the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 collides with the first inclination regulating portion 36kb1. As a result, the elastic force of the coupling spring 185 for holding the coupling member 180 in the first inclined posture D1 can be reduced. . However, it is not limited to this, as long as the coupling member 180 is maintained in the first inclined posture D1 by adjusting the elastic force of the coupling spring 185 or the like.
<作用於第二傾斜姿勢D2時的耦合構件180的力關係> <The force relationship of the coupling member 180 when acting on the second inclined posture D2>
其次,利用圖12來說明有關作用於第二傾斜姿勢D2時的耦合構件180的力關係。 Next, the force relationship of the coupling member 180 when it acts on the second inclined posture D2 will be explained using FIG. 12.
圖12(a)是將顯像卡匣B1安裝於裝置本體A1之前的狀態,亦即,顯像卡匣B1為單品狀態(自然狀態)時的顯像卡匣B1的側面圖。圖12(b)是由顯像卡匣B1的非驅動側來看在驅動側顯像軸承36的相位規制部36kb內的耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e的位置的剖面圖。而且,圖12(c)是切斷耦合構件180的被引導部180d,由長邊方向驅動側來看的剖面圖。圖12是表示相對於圖11,無設在裝置本體A1的衝突部80y的狀態。此時,耦合桿55是以旋轉軸線L11為中心在箭號X11方向接受來自耦合桿彈簧56的彈壓力,而旋轉至其引導部55e抵接於耦合構件180的被引導部180d的位置。亦即,在耦合構件180的被引導部180d是耦合桿55的引導部55e與耦合彈簧185的引導部185d會一起抵接。 Fig. 12(a) is a side view of the development cassette B1 in a state before the development cassette B1 is attached to the main body A1 of the apparatus, that is, when the development cassette B1 is in a single product state (natural state). 12(b) is a cross-sectional view of the position of the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 in the phase regulating portion 36kb of the driving side development bearing 36 viewed from the non-driving side of the development cassette B1. 12(c) is a cross-sectional view of cutting the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 when viewed from the driving side in the longitudinal direction. FIG. 12 shows a state in which there is no conflicting portion 80y provided in the main body A1 of the apparatus with respect to FIG. 11. At this time, the coupling lever 55 receives the elastic force from the coupling lever spring 56 in the arrow X11 direction with the rotation axis L11 as the center, and rotates to a position where the guide portion 55e abuts the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180. That is, in the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180, the guide portion 55e of the coupling rod 55 and the guide portion 185d of the coupling spring 185 abut together.
在此,如前述般,耦合構件180的被引導部180d是接受傾斜至箭號F3方向的力。此時,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是藉由驅動側顯像軸承36的引導部36kb2a或引導部36kb2b、引導部36kb2c來規制,最終成 為移動至第二傾斜規制部36kb2的構成。亦即,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是傾斜至箭號K2a方向(圖12(b)),另一方面,耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a、及被引導部180d是成為傾斜至箭號K2b方向的構成(圖12(a))。將耦合構件180的上述姿勢稱為耦合構件的第二傾斜姿勢D2。 Here, as described above, the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 receives a force inclined to the arrow F3 direction. At this time, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is regulated by the guide portion 36kb2a, the guide portion 36kb2b, and the guide portion 36kb2c of the drive-side developing bearing 36, and finally moves to the second tilt regulating portion 36kb2. That is, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is inclined to the arrow K2a direction (FIG. 12(b)). On the other hand, the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 and the guided portion 180d are inclined to The composition in the direction of the arrow K2b (Figure 12(a)). The above-mentioned posture of the coupling member 180 is referred to as the second inclined posture D2 of the coupling member.
(5)鼓卡匣C的概略說明 (5) General description of drum cartridge C
其次,利用圖16來說明有關鼓卡匣C的構成。圖16(a)是由鼓卡匣C的非驅動側來看的斜視說明圖。在圖16(b)中,為了感光鼓10、帶電滾輪11周邊部的說明,而未圖示清除框體21、鼓軸承30、鼓軸54等的斜視說明圖。 Next, the structure of the drum cassette C will be explained using FIG. 16. Fig. 16(a) is a perspective explanatory view seen from the non-driving side of the drum cartridge C. Figs. In FIG. 16(b), in order to illustrate the peripheral parts of the photosensitive drum 10 and the charged roller 11, a perspective explanatory view of the cleaning frame 21, the drum bearing 30, the drum shaft 54 and the like is not shown.
如圖16所示般,鼓卡匣C是具備感光鼓10、帶電滾輪11等。帶電滾輪11是藉由帶電滾輪軸承67a、帶電滾輪軸承67b來可旋轉地被支撐,藉由帶電滾輪彈壓構件68a、帶電滾輪彈壓構件68b來對於感光鼓10彈壓。 As shown in FIG. 16, the drum cartridge C is equipped with a photosensitive drum 10, a charging roller 11, and the like. The charged roller 11 is rotatably supported by the charged roller bearing 67a and the charged roller bearing 67b, and the photosensitive drum 10 is urged by the charged roller pressing member 68a and the charged roller pressing member 68b.
在感光鼓10的驅動側端部10a,驅動側凸緣24會被一體地固定,在感光鼓10的非驅動側端部10b,非驅動側凸緣28會被一體地固定。驅動側凸緣24或非驅動側凸緣28是以鉚接或黏結等的手段來固定成與感光鼓10同軸。在鼓框體21的長邊兩端部,鼓軸承30會以螺絲或黏結、壓入等的手段來固定於驅動側端部,鼓軸54會以螺絲或黏結、壓入等的手段來固定於非驅動側端部。與感光 鼓10一體固定的驅動側凸緣24是藉由鼓軸承30來可旋轉地支撐,且非驅動側凸緣28是藉由鼓軸54來可旋轉地支撐。並且,在帶電滾輪11的長邊一端是設有帶電滾輪齒輪69,帶電滾輪齒輪69是與驅動側凸緣24的齒輪部24g咬合。鼓凸緣24的驅動側端部24a是成為從裝置本體A1側傳達旋轉力的構成(未圖示)。結果,隨著感光體鼓10旋轉驅動,帶電滾輪11也旋轉驅動。如前述般,帶電滾輪11的表面的周速相對於感光鼓10表面的周速,設定成105~120%程度。 At the drive-side end 10a of the photosensitive drum 10, the drive-side flange 24 is integrally fixed, and at the non-drive-side end 10b of the photosensitive drum 10, the non-drive-side flange 28 is integrally fixed. The driving side flange 24 or the non-driving side flange 28 is fixed to be coaxial with the photosensitive drum 10 by means such as riveting or bonding. At both ends of the long side of the drum frame 21, the drum bearing 30 will be fixed to the end of the drive side by means of screws, bonding, press-fitting, etc., and the drum shaft 54 will be fixed by means of screws, bonding, press-fitting, etc. At the end of the non-drive side. The driving side flange 24 integrally fixed with the photosensitive drum 10 is rotatably supported by the drum bearing 30, and the non-driving side flange 28 is rotatably supported by the drum shaft 54. In addition, a charged roller gear 69 is provided at one end of the long side of the charged roller 11, and the charged roller gear 69 meshes with the gear portion 24 g of the drive side flange 24. The drive-side end 24a of the drum flange 24 is configured to transmit rotational force from the apparatus main body A1 side (not shown). As a result, as the photoreceptor drum 10 is rotationally driven, the charging roller 11 is also rotationally driven. As described above, the peripheral speed of the surface of the charged roller 11 is set to about 105 to 120% with respect to the peripheral speed of the surface of the photosensitive drum 10.
(6)顯像卡匣B1對於裝置本體A1的裝卸構成的說明 (6) Description of the installation and removal structure of the imaging cassette B1 to the main body A1
其次,利用圖來說明有關顯像卡匣B1對於裝置本體A1的安裝方法。 Next, the method of installing the developing cartridge B1 to the main body A1 of the apparatus will be explained with reference to the figure.
圖17是由非驅動側來看裝置本體A1的斜視說明圖,圖18是由驅動側來看裝置本體A1的斜視說明圖。圖19是由驅動側來看顯像卡匣B1被安裝於裝置本體A1的過程的說明圖。 FIG. 17 is a perspective explanatory view of the device main body A1 viewed from the non-driving side, and FIG. 18 is a perspective explanatory diagram of the device main body A1 viewed from the driving side. Fig. 19 is an explanatory view of the process in which the developing cartridge B1 is mounted on the main body A1 of the apparatus viewed from the driving side.
在顯像卡匣B1,如圖17所示般,在非驅動側顯像軸承46設置具有定位部46b及旋轉停止部46c的被引導部46d。又,如圖18所示般,在驅動側側蓋34是設置具有定位部34b及旋轉停止部34c的被引導部34d。 In the development cassette B1, as shown in FIG. 17, the non-driving side development bearing 46 is provided with a guided portion 46d having a positioning portion 46b and a rotation stop portion 46c. In addition, as shown in FIG. 18, the driving side cover 34 is provided with a guided portion 34d having a positioning portion 34b and a rotation stop portion 34c.
另一方面,在裝置本體A1的驅動側,如圖17所示般,在構成裝置本體A1的框體的驅動側側板90設有驅動側引導構件92、以及在裝置本體A1內與顯像卡匣B1成 為一體而移動的驅動側搖動引導80。驅動側搖動引導80的詳細是隨後說明。並且,在驅動側引導構件92是設有第一引導部92a、第二引導部92b、第三引導部92c。在驅動側引導構件92的第一引導部92a是形成有沿著顯像卡匣B1的裝卸路徑的裝卸路徑X1a、及在第二引導部92b是形成有沿著顯像卡匣B1的裝卸路徑的裝卸路徑X1b的溝形狀。在驅動側引導構件92的第三引導部92c是形成有沿著鼓卡匣C的裝卸路徑的裝卸路徑X3的溝形狀。並且,在驅動側搖動引導80是設有第一引導部80a、第二引導部80b。驅動側搖動引導80的第一引導部80a是在驅動側引導構件92的第一引導部92a的延長上形成有沿著顯像卡匣B1的裝卸路徑X2a的溝形狀。又,驅動側搖動引導80的第二引導部80b是在驅動側引導構件92的第二引導部92b的延長上形成有沿著顯像卡匣B1的裝卸路徑X2b的溝形狀。 On the other hand, on the drive side of the device body A1, as shown in FIG. 17, a drive side guide member 92 is provided on the drive side side plate 90 constituting the frame of the device body A1, and a development card is provided in the device body A1. The drive side swing guide 80 that moves the cassette B1 as one unit. The details of the driving side rocking guide 80 will be described later. In addition, the driving-side guide member 92 is provided with a first guide portion 92a, a second guide portion 92b, and a third guide portion 92c. The first guide portion 92a of the driving side guide member 92 is formed with an attaching and detaching path X1a along the attaching and detaching path of the developing cartridge B1, and the second guiding portion 92b is formed with an attaching and detaching path along the developing cartridge B1 The groove shape of the loading and unloading path X1b. The third guide portion 92c of the driving-side guide member 92 has a groove shape in which an attachment/detachment path X3 along the attachment/detachment path of the drum cassette C is formed. In addition, the swing guide 80 on the driving side is provided with a first guide portion 80a and a second guide portion 80b. The first guide portion 80a of the driving side swing guide 80 has a groove shape along the attachment/detachment path X2a of the developing cartridge B1 formed on the extension of the first guide portion 92a of the driving side guide member 92. In addition, the second guide portion 80b of the driving side rocking guide 80 has a groove shape along the attachment/detachment path X2b of the developing cartridge B1 formed on the extension of the second guide portion 92b of the driving side guide member 92.
同樣,在裝置本體A1的非驅動側,如圖18所示般,在構成裝置本體A1的框體的非驅動側側板91設有與非驅動側引導構件93、驅動側搖動引導80同樣可移動的非驅動側搖動引導81。在非驅動側引導構件93是設有第一引導部93a及第二引導部93b。 Similarly, on the non-driving side of the device body A1, as shown in FIG. 18, the non-driving side side plate 91 constituting the frame of the device body A1 is provided with a non-driving side guide member 93 and a driving side swing guide 80 that can move likewise. The non-driving side rocking guide 81. The non-driving side guide member 93 is provided with a first guide portion 93a and a second guide portion 93b.
在非驅動側引導構件93的第一引導部93a是形成有沿著顯像卡匣B1的裝卸路徑的裝卸路徑XH1a的溝形狀。在驅動側引導構件93的第二引導部93b是形成有沿著鼓卡匣C的裝卸路徑的裝卸路徑XH3的溝形狀。並 且,在非驅動側搖動引導81是設有引導部81a。非驅動側搖動引導81的引導部81a是在非驅動側引導構件93的第一引導部93a的延長上形成有沿著顯像卡匣B1的裝卸路徑的裝卸路徑XH2a的溝形狀。 The first guide portion 93a of the non-driving-side guide member 93 has a groove shape formed with an attachment/detachment path XH1a along the attachment/detachment path of the developing cartridge B1. The second guide portion 93b of the driving-side guide member 93 has a groove shape in which a detachment path XH3 along the detachment path of the drum cassette C is formed. In addition, the non-driving side swing guide 81 is provided with a guide portion 81a. The guide portion 81a of the non-driving-side rocking guide 81 has a groove shape in which the attachment/detachment path XH2a along the attachment/detachment path of the developing cartridge B1 is formed on the extension of the first guide portion 93a of the non-driving-side guide member 93.
有關驅動側搖動引導80、及非驅動側搖動引導81的詳細構成是隨後說明。 The detailed configuration of the driving side rocking guide 80 and the non-driving side rocking guide 81 will be described later.
<非驅動側電氣接點部的說明> <Description of the non-drive side electrical contact part>
其次,利用圖35來說明有關裝置本體A1的電氣接點部。 Next, the electrical contact portion of the main body A1 of the apparatus will be described with reference to FIG. 35.
在非驅動側側板91中,在畫像形成時與顯像卡匣B1的記憶體基板47的電極部47a對向的位置設有給電部120。在給電部120中,以線彈簧或板彈簧等所形成之具有彈簧性的給電接點120A會從給電部120突出而設,給電接點120A是與未圖示的電氣基板連接。 In the side plate 91 on the non-driving side, a power supply section 120 is provided at a position facing the electrode section 47a of the memory substrate 47 of the development cassette B1 when the image is formed. In the power feeding section 120, a spring-like power feeding contact 120A formed of a wire spring, a leaf spring, etc. protrudes from the power feeding section 120, and the power feeding contact 120A is connected to an electrical board not shown.
<往本體裝置A1之顯像卡匣B1的安裝> <Installation of imaging cassette B1 to main unit A1>
以下,說明有關往裝置本體A1之顯像卡匣B1的安裝方法。如圖17、圖18所示般,藉由使被配置於裝置本體A1的上部可開閉的本體罩94往開放方向D1轉動,可使裝置本體A1內露出。 The following describes how to install the developing cassette B1 to the main body A1 of the device. As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, by rotating the openable and closable main body cover 94 arranged on the upper part of the apparatus main body A1 in the opening direction D1, the inside of the apparatus main body A1 can be exposed.
之後,使顯像卡匣B1的非驅動側軸承46的被引導部46d(圖17)與裝置本體A1的非驅動側引導構件93的第一引導部93a(圖18)卡合。而且,使顯像卡匣B1的顯像側 蓋34的被引導部34d(圖18)與裝置本體A1的驅動側引導構件92的第一引導部92a(圖17)卡合。藉此,顯像卡匣B1是沿著藉由驅動側引導構件92的第一引導部92a及非驅動側引導構件93的第一引導部93a所形成的裝卸路徑X1a及裝卸路徑XH1a來插入至裝置本體A1內。 After that, the guided portion 46d (FIG. 17) of the non-driving side bearing 46 of the developing cassette B1 is engaged with the first guide portion 93 a (FIG. 18) of the non-driving side guide member 93 of the apparatus main body A1. Then, the guided portion 34d (Fig. 18) of the development side cover 34 of the development cassette B1 is engaged with the first guide portion 92a (Fig. 17) of the drive side guide member 92 of the apparatus main body A1. Thereby, the developing cartridge B1 is inserted along the attachment/detachment path X1a and attachment/detachment path XH1a formed by the first guide portion 92a of the driving side guide member 92 and the first guide portion 93a of the non-driving side guide member 93 Inside the device body A1.
並且,在將顯像卡匣B1安裝於裝置本體A1時,如前述般,耦合構件180是前述的第二傾斜姿勢D2的狀態。耦合構件180是保持第二傾斜姿勢D2不變,插入至驅動側引導構件92的第二引導部92b。若更詳細說明,則在耦合構件180與驅動側引導構件92的第二引導部92b之間是有間隙。因此,顯像卡匣B1沿著裝卸路徑X1b、XH1a來插入至裝置本體A1內時,耦合構件180是成為保持第二傾斜姿勢D2的狀態不變。 In addition, when the developing cartridge B1 is attached to the main body A1 of the apparatus, as described above, the coupling member 180 is in the state of the second inclined posture D2 described above. The coupling member 180 is inserted into the second guide portion 92b of the driving-side guide member 92 while keeping the second inclined posture D2 unchanged. To describe in more detail, there is a gap between the coupling member 180 and the second guide portion 92b of the driving-side guide member 92. Therefore, when the developing cartridge B1 is inserted into the apparatus body A1 along the attachment and detachment paths X1b and XH1a, the coupling member 180 remains in the state of maintaining the second inclined posture D2.
沿著裝卸路徑X1a、XH1a來插入至裝置本體A1內的顯像卡匣B1是其次沿著裝卸路徑X2a、XH2a來插入至裝置本體A1內。裝卸路徑X2a、XH2a是藉由驅動側搖動引導80的第一引導部80a、及非驅動側搖動引導81的引導部81a所形成。若更詳細說明,則設在顯像側蓋34的被引導部34d是首先以裝置本體A1的驅動側引導構件92的第一引導部92a來引導。之後,隨著安裝過程,被引導部34d是成為被交接至裝置本體A1的驅動側搖動引導80的第一引導部80a的構成。同樣,在非驅動側,被設在非驅動側顯像軸承46的被引導部46d是首先以裝置本體A1的非驅動側引導構件93的第一引導部93a來引導。之後, 隨著安裝過程,被引導部46d是成為被交接至裝置本體A1的非驅動側搖動引導81的引導部81a的構成。 The imaging cassette B1 inserted into the device body A1 along the attachment and detachment paths X1a and XH1a is then inserted into the device body A1 along the attachment and detachment paths X2a and XH2a. The attachment and detachment paths X2a and XH2a are formed by the first guide portion 80a of the driving side rocking guide 80 and the guide portion 81a of the non-driving side rocking guide 81. To describe in more detail, the guided portion 34d provided on the development side cover 34 is first guided by the first guide portion 92a of the drive side guide member 92 of the apparatus main body A1. After that, following the installation process, the guided portion 34d becomes the first guide portion 80a that is transferred to the driving side swing guide 80 of the apparatus main body A1. Similarly, on the non-driving side, the guided portion 46d provided on the non-driving side developing bearing 46 is first guided by the first guide portion 93a of the non-driving side guide member 93 of the apparatus main body A1. After that, following the installation process, the guided portion 46d becomes the guide portion 81a that is transferred to the non-driving side swing guide 81 of the apparatus main body A1.
並且,設在顯像卡匣B1的驅動側端部的耦合構件180是保持第二傾斜姿勢D2的狀態不變,從裝置本體A1的驅動側引導構件92的第二引導部92b交接至驅動側搖動引導80的第二引導部80b。另外,與前述同樣,在耦合構件180與驅動側搖動引導80的第二引導部80b之間是成為有間隙的構成。 In addition, the coupling member 180 provided at the end of the drive side of the imaging cassette B1 is kept in the second inclined posture D2, and is transferred from the second guide portion 92b of the drive side guide member 92 of the main body A1 to the drive side. The second guide portion 80b of the guide 80 is shaken. In addition, as described above, there is a gap between the coupling member 180 and the second guide portion 80b of the driving side swing guide 80.
<顯像卡匣B1的定位> <Positioning the imaging cassette B1>
其次,說明顯像卡匣B1被定位於裝置本體A1的驅動側搖動引導80、及非驅動側搖動引導81的構成。另外,在驅動側及非驅動側,基本的構成是同樣,因此以下以顯像卡匣B1的驅動側為例進行說明。圖19是表示顯像卡匣B1被安裝於裝置本體A1的過程的顯像卡匣B1及驅動側搖動引導80的狀態。 Next, it is obvious that the cassette B1 is positioned on the driving side rocking guide 80 and the non-driving side rocking guide 81 of the apparatus main body A1. In addition, the basic configuration is the same on the driving side and the non-driving side, so the driving side of the developing cassette B1 will be described as an example below. FIG. 19 shows the state of the development cassette B1 and the driving side rocking guide 80 showing a process in which the development cassette B1 is mounted on the main body A1 of the apparatus.
圖19(a)是表示設在顯像卡匣B1的顯像側蓋34的被引導部34d會被引導至驅動側搖動引導80的第一引導部80a,顯像卡匣B1處於裝卸路徑X2a上的狀態。 FIG. 19(a) shows that the guided portion 34d of the development side cover 34 provided on the development cassette B1 is guided to the first guide portion 80a of the driving side swing guide 80, and the development cassette B1 is in the attaching and detaching path X2a On the status.
圖19(b)是從圖19(a)的狀態更進一步顯像卡匣B1的安裝的狀態,顯像側蓋34的被引導部34d的定位部34b會與設在驅動側搖動引導80的驅動側推壓構件82的定位部82a抵接於點P1。 Fig. 19(b) is a state in which the developing cartridge B1 is further mounted from the state of Fig. 19(a), and the positioning portion 34b of the guided portion 34d of the developing side cover 34 will interact with the rocking guide 80 provided on the drive side. The positioning portion 82a of the driving side pressing member 82 abuts on the point P1.
而且,圖20是表示驅動側搖動引導80及驅動側推壓 構件82的周邊形狀的斜視說明圖。圖20(a)是由長邊方向驅動側來看的立體圖,圖20(b)是由長邊方向非驅動側來看的立體圖。又,圖20(c)是驅動側搖動引導80、驅動側推壓構件82及驅動側推壓彈簧83的分解立體圖。而且,圖20(d)及圖20(e)是驅動側推壓構件82周邊的擴大詳細圖。 20 is a perspective explanatory view showing the peripheral shape of the driving side swing guide 80 and the driving side pressing member 82. As shown in FIG. Fig. 20(a) is a perspective view seen from the driving side in the longitudinal direction, and Fig. 20(b) is a perspective view seen from the non-driving side in the longitudinal direction. 20(c) is an exploded perspective view of the driving side swing guide 80, the driving side pressing member 82, and the driving side pressing spring 83. 20(d) and 20(e) are enlarged detailed views of the periphery of the driving-side pressing member 82.
在此,如圖20(a)、圖20(b)所示般,驅動側推壓構件82是除了定位部82a以外還具有孔部82b、座面82c及規制部82d。如圖20(c)所示般,孔部82b是與驅動側搖動引導80的凸台部80c卡合,以凸台部80c為中心可旋轉地被支撐。而且,壓縮彈簧的驅動側推壓彈簧83的一端部83c會抵接於座面82c。又,如圖20(d)所示般,驅動側推壓彈簧83的另一端部83d是與驅動側搖動引導80的座面80d抵接。藉此,驅動側推壓構件82是成為接受以驅動側搖動引導80的凸台部80c為中心旋轉於箭號Ra1方向的方向的彈壓力F82之構成。另外,驅動側推壓構件82是其規制部82d會衝突於設在驅動側搖動引導80的旋轉規制部80e,藉此往箭號Ra1方向的旋轉會被規制,而定位。在此,如圖20(e)所示般,可旋轉地被支撐於驅動側搖動引導80的驅動側推壓構件82是反抗驅動側推壓彈簧83的彈壓力F82而可旋轉於箭號Ra2方向。而且,驅動側推壓構件82的上端部82e會從驅動側搖動引導80的引導面80w至不突出的位置,可轉動於箭號Ra2方向。 Here, as shown in FIG. 20(a) and FIG. 20(b), the driving side pressing member 82 has a hole portion 82b, a seat surface 82c, and a regulating portion 82d in addition to the positioning portion 82a. As shown in FIG. 20(c), the hole portion 82b is engaged with the boss portion 80c of the driving side swing guide 80, and is rotatably supported around the boss portion 80c. In addition, one end 83c of the driving side pressing spring 83 of the compression spring abuts against the seat surface 82c. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 20( d ), the other end 83 d of the driving side pressing spring 83 is in contact with the seat surface 80 d of the driving side swing guide 80. Thereby, the driving side pressing member 82 is configured to receive the elastic force F82 that rotates in the direction of the arrow Ra1 with the boss portion 80c of the driving side swing guide 80 as the center. In addition, the driving-side pressing member 82 has its regulating portion 82d colliding with the rotation regulating portion 80e provided on the driving-side rocking guide 80, whereby the rotation in the direction of the arrow Ra1 is regulated and positioned. Here, as shown in FIG. 20(e), the driving side pressing member 82 rotatably supported by the driving side rocking guide 80 is rotatable by arrow Ra2 against the elastic force F82 of the driving side pressing spring 83 direction. In addition, the upper end 82e of the driving side pressing member 82 swings the guide surface 80w of the guide 80 from the driving side to a position where it does not protrude, and is rotatable in the arrow Ra2 direction.
圖19(c)是從圖19(a)的狀態更進一步顯像卡匣B1安 裝的狀態。然後,顯示藉由顯像側蓋34的定位部34b和旋轉停止部34c成為一體的被引導部34d與驅動側推壓構件82的前側斜面82w抵接,將驅動側推壓構件82推下至箭號Ra2方向的狀態。若詳細說明,則顯像側蓋34的被引導部34d會與驅動側推壓構件82的前側斜面82w抵接,推壓驅動側推壓構件82,藉此驅動側推壓構件82會反抗驅動側推壓彈簧83的彈壓力F82而以驅動側搖動引導80的凸台部80c為中心逆時針(箭號Ra2方向)轉動。圖19(c)是驅動側側蓋34的定位部34b與驅動側推壓構件82的上端部82e抵接的狀態。此時,驅動側推壓構件82的規制部82d是與驅動側搖動引導80的旋轉規制部80e分離。 Fig. 19(c) is a state in which the developing cartridge B1 is further installed from the state of Fig. 19(a). Then, it is shown that the guided portion 34d integrated with the positioning portion 34b and the rotation stop portion 34c of the developing side cover 34 abuts against the front inclined surface 82w of the driving side pressing member 82, and the driving side pressing member 82 is pushed down to The state of the arrow Ra2. In detail, the guided portion 34d of the developing side cover 34 will abut the front inclined surface 82w of the drive side pressing member 82, and press the drive side pressing member 82, whereby the drive side pressing member 82 will oppose the drive The urging force F82 of the side pressing spring 83 rotates counterclockwise (in the direction of arrow Ra2) with the boss portion 80c of the driving side rocking guide 80 as the center. FIG. 19(c) shows a state where the positioning portion 34b of the drive side cover 34 is in contact with the upper end portion 82e of the drive side pressing member 82. At this time, the regulation portion 82d of the drive side pressing member 82 is separated from the rotation regulation portion 80e of the drive side swing guide 80.
圖19(d)是從圖20(c)的狀態更進一步顯像卡匣B1安裝的狀態,驅動側側蓋34的定位部34b與驅動側搖動引導80的定位部80f抵接的狀態。如前述般,驅動側推壓構件82是成為接受以驅動側搖動引導80的凸台部80c為中心旋轉於箭號Ra1方向的方向的彈壓力F82之構成。因此,驅動側推壓構件82的內側斜面82s會以彈壓力F4來彈壓驅動側側蓋34的定位部34b。其結果,定位部34b是在點P3無間隙與驅動側搖動引導80的定位部80f抵接。藉此,顯像卡匣B1的驅動側會被定位固定至驅動側搖動引導80。 19(d) is a state in which the developing cartridge B1 is further mounted from the state of FIG. 20(c), and the positioning portion 34b of the driving side cover 34 is in contact with the positioning portion 80f of the driving side rocking guide 80. As described above, the driving side pressing member 82 is configured to receive the elastic force F82 rotating in the direction of the arrow Ra1 with the boss portion 80c of the driving side swing guide 80 as the center. Therefore, the inner inclined surface 82s of the driving side pressing member 82 urges the positioning portion 34b of the driving side cover 34 with the elastic force F4. As a result, the positioning portion 34b abuts against the positioning portion 80f of the driving side swing guide 80 at the point P3 without a gap. Thereby, the driving side of the imaging cassette B1 will be positioned and fixed to the driving side rocking guide 80.
非驅動側的構成是與驅動側同樣,如圖36所示般,對應於驅動側搖動引導80、驅動側推壓構件82、驅動側 推壓彈簧83,分別設有非驅動側搖動引導81、非驅動側推壓構件84、非驅動側推壓彈簧85。因此,非驅動側顯像軸承46的定位部46b及非驅動側搖動引導81的定位也與驅動側同樣(說明省略)。藉此,顯像卡匣B1被定位固定至驅動側搖動引導80、非驅動側搖動引導81。 The configuration of the non-driving side is the same as that of the driving side. As shown in FIG. 36, corresponding to the driving side rocking guide 80, the driving side pressing member 82, and the driving side pressing spring 83, the non-driving side rocking guide 81, The non-driving side pressing member 84 and the non-driving side pressing spring 85. Therefore, the positioning of the positioning portion 46b of the non-driving side development bearing 46 and the non-driving side rocking guide 81 are also the same as those of the driving side (the description is omitted). Thereby, the developing cassette B1 is positioned and fixed to the driving side rocking guide 80 and the non-driving side rocking guide 81.
<在顯像卡匣B1的安裝過程的耦合構件180的動作> <Operation of the coupling member 180 during the installation process of the developing cartridge B1>
其次,利用圖21、圖22、圖23來說明有關在顯像卡匣B1的安裝過程的耦合構件180的動作。 Next, the operation of the coupling member 180 related to the installation process of the developing cartridge B1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 21, 22, and 23.
如前述般,將顯像卡匣B1安裝於裝置本體A1之前的狀態,耦合構件180是第二傾斜姿勢D2。耦合構件180是保持第二傾斜姿勢D2不變,安裝於裝置本體A1。圖21(a)是表示將顯像卡匣B1安裝於裝置本體A1,位於驅動側搖動引導80及非驅動側搖動引導81中所形成的裝卸路徑X2a上的狀態。圖21(e)是圖21(a)的狀態時,由圖21(a)的箭號X50方向來看的圖。耦合構件180的第二傾斜姿勢D2是顯像卡匣B1處於裝卸路徑X2a上時,耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a構成朝向裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100的方向。若更具體說明,則在後述的耦合構件180與本體側驅動構件100抵接的附近,耦合構件180會以其被支撐部180b的中心180s為中心,傾斜至本體側驅動構件100的方向。如此使耦合構件180傾斜般,形成驅動側顯像軸承36的第二傾斜規制部36kb2(參照圖13、圖15、及圖12)。 As described above, the coupling member 180 is in the second inclined posture D2 in the state before the developing cartridge B1 is mounted on the main body A1 of the apparatus. The coupling member 180 keeps the second inclined posture D2 unchanged, and is mounted on the device body A1. FIG. 21(a) shows a state in which the developing cassette B1 is mounted on the main body A1 of the apparatus and is located on the attachment and detachment path X2a formed by the driving side swing guide 80 and the non-driving side swing guide 81. Fig. 21(e) is a view seen from the direction of arrow X50 in Fig. 21(a) in the state of Fig. 21(a). The second inclined posture D2 of the coupling member 180 is when the developing cartridge B1 is on the attaching and detaching path X2a, the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 constitutes a direction toward the main body side driving member 100 of the apparatus main body A1. More specifically, in the vicinity of the contact between the coupling member 180 and the main body-side driving member 100 described later, the coupling member 180 is inclined to the direction of the main body-side driving member 100 with the center 180s of the supported portion 180b as the center. In this way, the coupling member 180 is inclined to form the second inclination regulating portion 36kb2 of the driving side developing bearing 36 (refer to FIG. 13, FIG. 15, and FIG. 12).
圖21(b)是表示從圖21(a)所示的狀態,更將顯像卡匣B1插入裝卸路徑X2a的狀態。圖21(f)是由圖21(b)的箭號X50方向來看的圖。成為耦合構件180的圓環部180f與本體側驅動構件100抵接的狀態。從圖21(a)所示的狀態至圖21(b)所示的狀態為止,由於耦合構件180是傾斜至本體側驅動構件100的方向,因此可使耦合構件180與本體側驅動軸100容易卡合。另外,如前述般,耦合構件180是藉由其被引導部180d從耦合桿56及耦合彈簧185接受合力F3來保持第二傾斜姿勢D2(參照圖12)。並且,為了以後的說明,將耦合構件180為第二傾斜姿勢D2時之驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3與耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2所成的角(傾斜角)設為θ2a(參照圖21(b))。 Fig. 21(b) shows a state in which the developing cartridge B1 is inserted into the attachment/detachment path X2a from the state shown in Fig. 21(a). Fig. 21(f) is a view seen from the direction of arrow X50 in Fig. 21(b). The ring portion 180f of the coupling member 180 is in a state in which it is in contact with the main body side drive member 100. From the state shown in FIG. 21(a) to the state shown in FIG. 21(b), since the coupling member 180 is inclined to the direction of the body-side drive member 100, the coupling member 180 and the body-side drive shaft 100 can be easily Snap. In addition, as described above, the coupling member 180 receives the resultant force F3 from the coupling rod 56 and the coupling spring 185 by the guided portion 180d to maintain the second inclined posture D2 (see FIG. 12). In addition, for the following description, the angle (inclination angle) formed by the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27 and the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 when the coupling member 180 is in the second inclined posture D2 is θ2a (refer to FIG. 21 (b)).
圖21(c)是表示從圖21(b)所示的狀態更將顯像卡匣B1插入至裝卸路徑X2a的狀態。圖21(g)是由圖21(c)的箭號X50方向來看的圖。圖23是耦合構件180的圓環部180f與本體側驅動構件100抵接時的耦合構件180周邊的力關係的剖面圖。 Fig. 21(c) shows a state in which the developing cassette B1 is inserted into the attaching and detaching path X2a from the state shown in Fig. 21(b). Fig. 21(g) is a view seen from the direction of arrow X50 in Fig. 21(c). 23 is a cross-sectional view of the force relationship around the coupling member 180 when the ring portion 180f of the coupling member 180 is in contact with the main body-side driving member 100.
成為耦合桿55的旋轉規制部55y與被設置在驅動側搖動引導80的衝突部80y抵接的狀態。從圖21(b)所示的狀態到圖21(c)所示的狀態,耦合構件180是藉由其圓環部180f與本體側驅動構件100抵接,傾斜角成為θ2b(≦θ2a)。若更詳細說明,則耦合構件180會從本體側驅動構件100接受力F100於抵接部。該力F100會在耦合構件180反抗當初接受的力F3的方向,且比F3更大時, 耦合構件180的傾斜角變緩,相對地接近成為與驅動輸入齒輪27的旋轉軸線L3平行的方向。亦即,耦合構件180是以其被支撐部180b的中心180s為中心,傾斜角度變化,成為θ2b<θ2a(參照圖15、圖21(b)、圖21(c)、圖23(a))。另外,此時,耦合構件180是抵接於耦合桿55、耦合彈簧185、本體側驅動構件100、及驅動側顯像軸承36的相位規制部36kb的4零件,而決定其傾斜角(θ2b)。 The rotation regulating portion 55y of the coupling lever 55 is in a state where the collision portion 80y provided on the driving side rocking guide 80 is in contact with each other. From the state shown in FIG. 21(b) to the state shown in FIG. 21(c), the coupling member 180 abuts against the main body side drive member 100 by its annular portion 180f, and the inclination angle becomes θ2b (≦θ2a). To describe in more detail, the coupling member 180 receives the force F100 from the main body-side driving member 100 to the abutting portion. When the force F100 opposes the initially received force F3 in the direction of the coupling member 180 and is greater than F3, the inclination angle of the coupling member 180 becomes slower and relatively approaches the direction parallel to the rotation axis L3 of the drive input gear 27. That is, the coupling member 180 is centered on the center 180s of the supported portion 180b, and the inclination angle changes to θ2b<θ2a (refer to FIG. 15, FIG. 21(b), FIG. 21(c), and FIG. 23(a)) . In addition, at this time, the coupling member 180 is the four parts that abut the coupling rod 55, the coupling spring 185, the main body side drive member 100, and the phase regulating portion 36kb of the drive side development bearing 36 to determine its inclination angle (θ2b) .
圖21(d)是表示從圖21(c)所示的狀態更將顯像卡匣B1插入至裝卸路徑X2a的方向的狀態。圖21(h)是由圖21(d)的箭號X50方向來看的圖。耦合桿55的旋轉規制部55y是抵接於驅動側搖動引導80的衝突部80y。因此,隨著顯像卡匣B1往裝卸路徑X2a方向的插入,耦合桿55是在顯像卡匣B1內相對地以旋轉軸線L11為中心朝箭號X11b方向旋轉。此時,耦合桿55的引導部55e也是以旋轉軸線L11為中心朝箭號X11b方向旋轉。其結果,耦合構件180是一邊接受耦合彈簧185的彈壓力,一邊沿著耦合桿55的引導部55e,其傾斜角θ2c會減少(θ2c<θ2b)。並且,耦合構件180是抵接於耦合彈簧185、本體側驅動構件100、及驅動側顯像軸承36的相位規制部36kb的3零件,而決定其傾斜角(θ2c)。 Fig. 21(d) shows a state in which the developing cartridge B1 is inserted in the direction of the attaching and detaching path X2a from the state shown in Fig. 21(c). Fig. 21(h) is a view seen from the direction of arrow X50 in Fig. 21(d). The rotation regulating portion 55y of the coupling rod 55 is abutting against the collision portion 80y of the driving side rocking guide 80. Therefore, as the development cassette B1 is inserted in the direction of the attachment and detachment path X2a, the coupling rod 55 relatively rotates in the direction of the arrow X11b around the rotation axis L11 in the development cassette B1. At this time, the guide portion 55e of the coupling lever 55 also rotates in the arrow X11b direction with the rotation axis L11 as the center. As a result, the coupling member 180 follows the guide portion 55e of the coupling rod 55 while receiving the urging force of the coupling spring 185, and its inclination angle θ2c decreases (θ2c<θ2b). In addition, the coupling member 180 is a three-part component that abuts against the coupling spring 185, the main body side driving member 100, and the phase regulating portion 36kb of the driving side development bearing 36, and determines the inclination angle (θ2c).
圖22是從圖21(d)所示的狀態更將顯像卡匣B1插入至裝卸路徑X2a方向的狀態,且表示顯像卡匣B1往裝置本體A1的安裝完了的狀態。 Fig. 22 is a state in which the development cassette B1 is inserted in the direction of the attachment/detachment path X2a from the state shown in Fig. 21(d), and shows a state where the development of the development cassette B1 to the main body A1 of the apparatus is completed.
耦合構件180是與本體側驅動構件100卡合,成為基 準姿勢D0(耦合構件180的傾斜角度θ2=0°)。 The coupling member 180 is engaged with the main body-side drive member 100 and assumes the reference posture D0 (the inclination angle θ2 of the coupling member 180 = 0°).
另外,此時,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是從驅動側顯像軸承36的第二傾斜規制部36kb2離脫,未抵接於驅動側顯像軸承36的相位規制部36b的任何處(參照圖22(c))。並且,耦合桿55的引導部55e是被保持於完全從耦合構件180的被引導部180d退避的狀態。亦即,耦合構件180是抵接於耦合彈簧185、及本體側驅動構件100的兩零件,而決定其傾斜角(θ2)。(詳細是參照前述的耦合構件180的基準姿勢D0)。 In addition, at this time, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is separated from the second inclination regulating portion 36kb2 of the driving side development bearing 36, and does not abut against any part of the phase regulating portion 36b of the driving side development bearing 36 (Refer to Figure 22(c)). In addition, the guide portion 55e of the coupling rod 55 is held in a state completely retracted from the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180. That is, the coupling member 180 is the two parts that abut the coupling spring 185 and the main body side drive member 100 to determine the inclination angle (θ2). (For details, refer to the aforementioned reference posture D0 of the coupling member 180).
<在顯像卡匣B1的取出過程的耦合構件180的動作> <Operation of the coupling member 180 in the process of taking out the developing cartridge B1>
其次,說明有關在從裝置本體A1取出顯像卡匣B1的過程的耦合構件108的動作。 Next, the operation of the coupling member 108 in the process of removing the developing cartridge B1 from the main body A1 of the apparatus will be described.
顯像卡匣B1從本體裝置A1取出時的動作是與先前敘述的安裝時相反的動作。 The operation when the developing cassette B1 is taken out from the main unit A1 is the reverse operation of the installation described above.
首先,使用者是與安裝時同樣,使裝置本體A1的本體罩94往開放方向D1轉動(參照圖17、圖18),使裝置本體A1內露出。此時,顯像卡匣B1是與驅動側搖動引導80及非驅動側搖動引導81一起藉由未圖示的構成來保持於顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10抵接的抵接姿勢。 First, the user rotates the main body cover 94 of the device main body A1 in the opening direction D1 (refer to FIG. 17 and FIG. 18) to expose the inside of the device main body A1, as in the case of installation. At this time, the development cassette B1 is maintained in the contact posture where the development roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 abut by a configuration not shown together with the driving side rocking guide 80 and the non-driving side rocking guide 81.
然後,使顯像卡匣B1沿著設在驅動側搖動引導80及非驅動側搖動引導81的裝卸軌跡XH2朝取出方向移動。 Then, the developing cassette B1 is moved in the removal direction along the attachment/detachment locus XH2 provided on the driving side rocking guide 80 and the non-driving side rocking guide 81.
隨顯像卡匣B1的移動,抵接於耦合桿55的旋轉規制部55y之驅動側搖動引導80的衝突部80y會移動(圖 21(d)所示的狀態~圖21(c)所示的狀態)。伴隨於此,耦合桿55會以旋轉軸線L11為中心轉動至箭號X11方向。而且,一旦使顯像卡匣B1移動,則耦合桿55會轉動至箭號X11方向,耦合桿55的引導部55e會與耦合構件180的被引導部180d抵接(圖21(c)所示的狀態)。從耦合桿55及耦合彈簧185的兩者接受彈壓力的耦合構件180是如前述般朝第二傾斜姿勢D2的方向開始移動。最終,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e會藉由驅動側顯像軸承36的引導部36kb2a或引導部36kb2b、引導部36kb2c來規制,卡合於第二傾斜規制部36kb2。並且,耦合構件180是保持第二傾斜姿勢D2的狀態。 With the movement of the developing cassette B1, the conflicting portion 80y of the driving side rocking guide 80 abutting on the rotation regulating portion 55y of the coupling lever 55 will move (the state shown in Figure 21(d) ~ Figure 21(c) status). Along with this, the coupling rod 55 rotates to the arrow X11 direction with the rotation axis L11 as the center. Moreover, once the developing cassette B1 is moved, the coupling lever 55 will rotate to the arrow X11 direction, and the guide portion 55e of the coupling lever 55 will abut the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 (as shown in FIG. 21(c)) status). The coupling member 180 receiving the elastic force from both the coupling rod 55 and the coupling spring 185 starts to move in the direction of the second inclined posture D2 as described above. Finally, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is regulated by the guide portion 36kb2a or 36kb2b and the guide portion 36kb2c of the driving side developing bearing 36, and engages with the second tilt regulating portion 36kb2. In addition, the coupling member 180 is in a state where the second inclined posture D2 is maintained.
然後,使顯像卡匣B1沿著設在驅動側引導構件92及非驅動側引導構件93的裝卸軌跡XH1往取出方向移動,而朝本體裝置A1外取出。 Then, the developing cassette B1 is moved in the removal direction along the attachment/detachment trajectory XH1 provided on the drive-side guide member 92 and the non-drive-side guide member 93, and is taken out of the main device A1.
如以上說明般,在本實施例中,藉由在使彈壓力作用於耦合構件180的顯像卡匣B1設置耦合桿55及耦合彈簧56,可使耦合構件180傾斜成第二傾斜姿勢D2。將耦合構件180藉由耦合桿55而傾斜的傾斜方向設為顯像卡匣B1的裝卸路徑X2a的方向,且成為使耦合桿55的轉動動作與使用者之顯像卡匣B1的裝卸操作連動的構成。 As described above, in this embodiment, by providing the coupling rod 55 and the coupling spring 56 on the imaging cassette B1 that applies the elastic force to the coupling member 180, the coupling member 180 can be inclined to the second inclined posture D2. The inclination direction in which the coupling member 180 is inclined by the coupling lever 55 is set as the direction of the attaching and detaching path X2a of the imaging cartridge B1, and the rotation of the coupling lever 55 is linked with the attaching and detaching operation of the imaging cartridge B1 of the user The composition.
(7)有關作為可動構件的抵接離間桿 (7) About the abutment and release lever as a movable member
利用圖1(a)來說明有關作為驅動側可動構件的驅動側抵接離間桿70。圖1(a)是驅動側抵接離間桿70、及周邊 形狀的說明圖,由驅動側來看顯像卡匣B1的剖面圖。 The driving-side abutment and separation lever 70 as a driving-side movable member will be described with reference to FIG. 1(a). Fig. 1(a) is an explanatory view of the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 and the peripheral shape, and a cross-sectional view of the developing cartridge B1 when viewed from the drive side.
如圖1(a)所示般,驅動側抵接離間桿70是具有第一抵接面70a、第二抵接面70b、第三抵接面70c、被支撐部70d、驅動側規制抵接部70e、第一突出部(一端側突出部)70f。而且,對於驅動側顯像軸承36,驅動側抵接離間桿70的被支撐部70d是可旋轉地被驅動側顯像軸承36的支撐部36c所支撐。 As shown in Fig. 1(a), the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 has a first abutting surface 70a, a second abutting surface 70b, a third abutting surface 70c, a supported portion 70d, and a driving-side regulating abutment The portion 70e and the first protruding portion (one-end side protruding portion) 70f. In addition, with regard to the driving-side developing bearing 36, the supported portion 70d of the driving-side abutting and separating lever 70 is rotatably supported by the supporting portion 36c of the driving-side developing bearing 36.
具體而言,驅動側抵接離間桿70的被支撐部70d的孔與驅動側顯像軸承36的支撐部36c的凸台會嵌合,藉此驅動側抵接離間桿70是以支撐部36c的凸台為中心,可旋轉(箭號N9、N10方向)地被支撐。亦即,支撐部36c是成為驅動側抵接離間桿70的旋轉中心。並且,在本實施例中,驅動側顯像軸承36的支撐部36c是與顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸L0平行。亦即,驅動側顯像抵接離間桿70是可在與顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸L0正交的平面上轉動。 Specifically, the hole of the supported portion 70d of the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 fits with the boss of the supporting portion 36c of the driving-side developing bearing 36, whereby the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 is the supporting portion 36c. The boss is the center and is rotatably supported (arrows N9 and N10 directions). That is, the support portion 36c becomes the center of rotation of the drive side abutment and separation lever 70. In addition, in this embodiment, the support portion 36 c of the drive-side development bearing 36 is parallel to the rotation axis L0 of the development roller 13. That is, the drive-side development abutment and separation lever 70 is rotatable on a plane orthogonal to the rotation axis L0 of the development roller 13.
而且,驅動側抵接離間桿70是在第三抵接面70c中與壓縮彈簧之作為第一彈性部的驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的一端71d抵接。驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的另一端71e是與驅動側顯像軸承36的抵接面36d抵接。其結果,驅動側抵接離間桿70是在第三抵接面70c中從驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71受力於箭號N16方向。然後,驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71是彈壓至驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一抵接面70a離開顯像滾輪13的方向(N16)。在顯像卡匣B1單體的狀態,亦即顯像卡匣B1被安裝於裝置本體A1之前的 狀態,驅動側規制抵接部70e會抵接於被設在驅動側顯像軸承36的規制部36b。 In addition, the drive-side contact and release lever 70 abuts on one end 71d of the drive-side development pressure spring 71 as the first elastic portion of the compression spring in the third contact surface 70c. The other end 71e of the drive-side development pressure spring 71 is in contact with the contact surface 36d of the drive-side development bearing 36. As a result, the driving-side abutting and separating lever 70 receives a force in the direction of the arrow N16 from the driving-side developing pressure spring 71 on the third abutting surface 70c. Then, the driving side development pressurizing spring 71 is urged to the direction in which the first contact surface 70a of the driving side abutment and separation lever 70 is away from the development roller 13 (N16). In the state of the development cassette B1 alone, that is, the state before the development cassette B1 is mounted on the main body A1 of the device, the drive side regulation abutment portion 70e abuts against the regulation provided on the drive side development bearing 36部36b.
在此,圖37是對顯像卡匣B1的剖面圖投影驅動側抵接離間桿70的圖。在圖37中,被支撐部70d(驅動側抵接離間桿70的旋轉中心)是處於與顯像劑收容部16a重疊的位置(亦即顯像劑收容部16a的內部)。亦即,若沿著與顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸L0平行的方向之箭號N11方向(參照圖4)來看顯像卡匣B1,則驅動側抵接離間桿70的被支撐部70d是處於與顯像容器16的顯像劑收容部16a重疊的位置。另外,雖未圖示,但非驅動側抵接離間桿72也形成同樣的構成。 Here, FIG. 37 is a diagram showing the projection drive side abutting the spacer 70 on the cross-sectional view of the developing cassette B1. In FIG. 37, the supported portion 70d (the center of rotation of the driving side abutment lever 70) is at a position overlapping with the developer accommodating portion 16a (that is, inside the developer accommodating portion 16a). That is, if the developing cartridge B1 is viewed in the direction of arrow N11 (see FIG. 4) parallel to the rotation axis L0 of the developing roller 13, the supported portion 70d of the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 is It is in a position overlapping with the developer accommodating portion 16a of the developing container 16. In addition, although not shown, the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 also has the same configuration.
因此,可減少驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72自顯像劑收容部16a的突出量,可使顯像卡匣B1自顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸方向來看的大小小型化。 Therefore, it is possible to reduce the amount of protrusion of the drive side abutment and release lever 70 and the non-drive side abutment and release lever 72 from the developer accommodating portion 16a, and the developing cartridge B1 can be viewed from the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13 Miniaturization in size.
利用圖1(b)來說明有關作為非驅動側可動構件的非驅動側抵接離間桿72。另外,非驅動側是與驅動側類似構成。 The non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 as a non-driving side movable member will be described with reference to FIG. 1(b). In addition, the non-driving side is constructed similarly to the driving side.
圖1(b)是由非驅動側來看顯像卡匣B1的側面圖。但,為了非驅動側抵接離間桿72的構成說明,而將一部分零件設為不顯示。 Fig. 1(b) is a side view of the developing cassette B1 as viewed from the non-driving side. However, in order to explain the configuration of the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72, some parts are not shown.
如圖1(b)所示般,非驅動側抵接離間桿72是具有非驅動側第一抵接面72a、非驅動側第二抵接面72b、非驅動側第三抵接面72c、被支撐部72d、非驅動側規制抵接部72e、非驅動側第一突出部(另一端側突出部)72f。而 且,藉由非驅動側顯像軸承46的支撐部46f來支撐非驅動側抵接離間桿72的被支撐部72d。具體而言,藉由非驅動側抵接離間桿72的被支撐部72d的孔與非驅動側顯像軸承46的支撐部46f的凸台嵌合,非驅動側抵接離間桿72是以支撐部46f的凸台為中心可旋轉(箭號NH9、NH10方向)地被支撐。亦即,支撐部46f是非驅動側抵接離間桿72的旋轉中心。並且,在本實施例中,非驅動側顯像軸承46的支撐部46f是與顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸L0平行。亦即,非驅動側顯像抵接離間桿72是可在與顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸L0正交的平面上可轉動。 As shown in Figure 1(b), the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 has a non-driving side first abutting surface 72a, a non-driving side second abutting surface 72b, a non-driving side third abutting surface 72c, The supported portion 72d, the non-driving side regulation abutting portion 72e, and the non-driving side first protruding portion (the other end side protruding portion) 72f. Furthermore, the supported portion 72d of the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 is supported by the supporting portion 46f of the non-driving side developing bearing 46. Specifically, by fitting the hole of the supported portion 72d of the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 with the boss of the supporting portion 46f of the non-driving-side developing bearing 46, the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 supports The boss of the portion 46f is rotatably supported at the center (arrows NH9, NH10 directions). In other words, the support portion 46f is the center of rotation of the non-driving side abutment lever 72. In addition, in this embodiment, the support portion 46f of the non-driving side development bearing 46 is parallel to the rotation axis L0 of the development roller 13. That is, the non-driving side development abutment and separation lever 72 is rotatable on a plane orthogonal to the rotation axis L0 of the development roller 13.
而且,非驅動側抵接離間桿72是在非驅動側第三抵接面72c中與壓縮彈簧之作為第二彈性部的非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73的一端73e抵接。非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73的另一端73d是與非驅動側顯像軸承46的抵接面46g抵接。其結果,非驅動側抵接離間桿72是在非驅動側第三抵接面72c中從非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73接受力FH10於箭號NH16方向。然後,非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73是彈壓至非驅動側抵接離間桿72的第一抵接面72a離開顯像滾輪13的方向(箭號NH16)。在顯像卡匣B1單體的狀態,亦即顯像卡匣B1被安裝於裝置本體A1之前的狀態,非驅動側規制抵接部72e會抵接於被設在非驅動側顯像軸承46的規制部46e。 In addition, the non-driving-side abutting and separating lever 72 abuts on one end 73e of the non-driving-side development pressure spring 73 as the second elastic portion of the compression spring in the non-driving-side third abutting surface 72c. The other end 73 d of the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73 is in contact with the contact surface 46 g of the non-driving side development bearing 46. As a result, the non-driving side contact and separation lever 72 receives the force FH10 in the arrow NH16 direction from the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73 in the non-driving side third contact surface 72c. Then, the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73 is urged to the direction in which the first contact surface 72a of the non-driving side abutment and separation lever 72 is away from the development roller 13 (arrow NH16). In the state of the developing cartridge B1 alone, that is, the state before the developing cartridge B1 is mounted on the main body A1 of the device, the non-driving side regulation abutting portion 72e abuts against the developing bearing 46 provided on the non-driving side The Regulation Department 46e.
如圖1所示般,規制部36b及規制部46e是構成分別在驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71及非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73的 彈壓方向,與驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71及非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73一部分重疊。換言之,驅動側抵接離間桿70是以規制部36b及驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71夾入,成為接受壓縮力的構成。亦即,可精度佳地定位驅動側抵接離間桿70的被離間部70g抵接於規制部36b之後的被離間部70g的位置。並且,非驅動側也同樣。結果,可在高精度的時機接受後述的裝置本體的離間機構之離間力。 As shown in FIG. 1, the regulating portion 36b and the regulating portion 46e constitute the biasing direction of the driving side development pressure spring 71 and the non-driving side development pressure spring 73, respectively, and the driving side development pressure spring 71 and The non-driving side development pressure spring 73 partially overlaps. In other words, the drive-side abutment and release lever 70 is sandwiched between the regulating portion 36b and the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 to receive a compression force. That is, it is possible to accurately position the position of the separated portion 70g of the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 where the separated portion 70g abuts on the regulated portion 36b. The same applies to the non-driving side. As a result, the separation force of the separation mechanism of the device body described later can be received at a high-precision timing.
規制部36b及規制部46e是分別規制驅動側抵接離間桿70、非驅動側抵接離間桿72往遠離顯像滾輪13的方向移動。換言之,規制部36b及規制部46e是分別設在可規制驅動側抵接離間桿70、非驅動側抵接離間桿72往遠離顯像滾輪13的方向移動的位置。在使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10離間時,驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72是分別使轉動至轉動方向N10及NH10,而使抵接於規制部36b及規制部46e。藉此,成為裝置本體的離間機構之離間力會從驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72經由規制部36b及規制部46e來往顯像框體的驅動側顯像軸承36及非驅動側顯像軸承46傳達的狀態。 The regulating portion 36b and the regulating portion 46e respectively regulate the driving side abutting and separating rod 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 to move away from the developing roller 13. In other words, the regulating portion 36b and the regulating portion 46e are respectively provided at positions where the driving side abutting and separating rod 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 can move away from the developing roller 13 respectively. When the developing roller 13 is separated from the photosensitive drum 10, the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 are rotated to the rotation directions N10 and NH10, respectively, so as to abut against the regulation portion 36b and the regulation部46e. As a result, the separating force of the separating mechanism as the main body of the device will travel from the driving side abutting and separating rod 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 to and from the driving side developing bearing 36 of the developing frame through the regulating portion 36b and the regulating portion 46e. And the state conveyed by the non-driving side developing bearing 46.
圖44是表示規制部36b、規制部46e、驅動側抵接離間桿70、非驅動側抵接離間桿72、驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71、及非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73之顯像滾輪13的長邊方向的位置關係的模式圖。圖44是由與顯像滾輪13的長邊方向(旋轉軸L0方向)正交的方向來看的圖。規制部36b 是構成有關與顯像滾輪13的長邊方向(旋轉軸L0方向)平行的N11方向,至少一部分會與驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71及驅動側第三抵接面70c重疊。同樣,規制部46e是構成有關N11方向至少一部分會與非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73及非驅動側第三抵接面72c重疊。藉此,可在高精度的時機接受後述的裝置本體的離間機構之離間力。 FIG. 44 shows the display of the regulation portion 36b, the regulation portion 46e, the drive side abutment and release lever 70, the non-drive side abutment and release lever 72, the drive side development pressure spring 71, and the non-drive side development pressure spring 73 It is a schematic diagram of the positional relationship in the longitudinal direction of the roller 13. FIG. 44 is a view viewed from a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction (rotation axis L0 direction) of the developing roller 13. The regulation portion 36b is configured in the N11 direction parallel to the longitudinal direction (rotation axis L0 direction) of the developing roller 13, and at least a part thereof overlaps the drive-side developing pressure spring 71 and the drive-side third contact surface 70c. Similarly, the regulation portion 46e is configured to overlap with the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73 and the non-driving side third abutting surface 72c at least in the N11 direction. Thereby, the separation force of the separation mechanism of the device body described later can be received at a high-precision timing.
又,如圖1所示般,有關箭號M2方向也是規制部36b構成至少一部分會與驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71及驅動側第三抵接面70c重疊。同樣,有關箭號M2方向,規制部46e是構成至少一部分會與非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73及非驅動側第三抵接面72c重疊。然而,有關N11方向或箭號M2方向的任一方向,只要成為上述的規制部36b、規制部46e的配置關係即可。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 1, the direction of the arrow M2 also includes at least a part of the regulation portion 36b that overlaps the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 and the drive-side third contact surface 70c. Similarly, regarding the direction of the arrow M2, the regulation portion 46e is configured to overlap at least a part of the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73 and the non-driving side third contact surface 72c. However, regarding either the direction of the N11 direction or the direction of the arrow M2, the above-mentioned arrangement relationship of the regulation portion 36b and the regulation portion 46e may be sufficient.
在此,驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓力F10與非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73的彈壓力FH10是設為不同的設定。並且,驅動側第三抵接面70c與非驅動側第三抵接面72c是以不同的角度配置。這只要以顯像滾輪13對於後述的感光鼓10的推壓力能夠形成適當之方式考慮周邊構成的特性來適當選擇即可。在本實施例中,為了旋轉驅動顯像滾輪13,而考量從裝置本體A1接受驅動傳達時產生於顯像卡匣13的力矩M6(參照圖27(a))的影響,以F10<FH10的關係來設定。 Here, the urging force F10 of the driving side development pressurizing spring 71 and the urging force FH10 of the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73 are set to different settings. In addition, the driving-side third abutting surface 70c and the non-driving-side third abutting surface 72c are arranged at different angles. This may be appropriately selected in consideration of the characteristics of the peripheral structure in such a way that the pressing force of the developing roller 13 on the photosensitive drum 10 described later can be appropriately formed. In this embodiment, in order to rotate and drive the developing roller 13, the influence of the torque M6 (refer to FIG. 27(a)) generated in the developing cartridge 13 when the drive transmission is received from the main body A1 of the device is taken into consideration, and F10<FH10 Relationship to set.
亦即,在驅動側,如圖8所示般,耦合構件180會旋轉於箭號X6方向。接受其旋轉力的顯像卡匣B1是與驅 動側搖動引導80一體地在圖27所示的箭號N6方向以支撐部80g(參照圖27)為中心揺動。當耦合構件180從本體側驅動構件100接受的旋轉力(扭矩)夠充分時,僅耦合構件180的扭矩產生箭號N6方向的力矩,產生對於感光鼓10壓接顯像滾輪13的力。因此,與非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73的彈壓力FH10作比較,亦可縮小驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓力F10。 That is, on the driving side, as shown in FIG. 8, the coupling member 180 rotates in the arrow X6 direction. The developing cartridge B1 receiving the rotational force is integrated with the drive-side rocking guide 80 and swung around the support portion 80g (refer to Fig. 27) in the direction of arrow N6 shown in Fig. 27. When the rotational force (torque) received by the coupling member 180 from the body-side drive member 100 is sufficient, only the torque of the coupling member 180 generates a torque in the arrow N6 direction, and generates a force for pressing the developing roller 13 against the photosensitive drum 10. Therefore, in comparison with the urging force FH10 of the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73, the urging force F10 of the driving side development pressurizing spring 71 can also be reduced.
在此,如圖1(a)所示般定義,通過顯像滾輪13的中心13z,與顯像卡匣B1往裝置本體A1的安裝方向X2(圖17)平行的直線Z30。驅動側抵接離間桿70是對於直線Z30,配置於與感光鼓10相反側(在本實施例中是重力方向下側)。藉由此構成來裝卸顯像卡匣時,在與鼓卡匣C之間的配置自由度增加。具體而言,藉由設為驅動側抵接離間桿70不往鼓卡匣C方向突出的構成,鼓卡匣C的配置的自由度會增加。不須形成避開與突出的驅動側抵接離間桿70等的干涉之配置。 Here, as shown in Fig. 1(a), a straight line Z30 passing through the center 13z of the developing roller 13 and parallel to the mounting direction X2 (Fig. 17) of the developing cartridge B1 to the main body A1 of the developing device is defined. The drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 is arranged on the side opposite to the photosensitive drum 10 (the lower side in the direction of gravity in this embodiment) with respect to the straight line Z30. With this configuration, when the developing cartridge is attached and detached, the degree of freedom of arrangement with the drum cartridge C is increased. Specifically, by providing a configuration in which the drive side abutting and separating lever 70 does not protrude in the direction of the drum cassette C, the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the drum cassette C is increased. It is not necessary to form a configuration that avoids interference with the protruding drive side abutment and separation lever 70 or the like.
而且,驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一突出部70f是若沿著長邊方向(旋轉軸方向)由顯像卡匣的驅動側來看,則會比顯像容器16、驅動側顯像軸承36、顯像側蓋34(參照圖10)還突出。 Moreover, the first protrusion 70f of the drive-side abutment lever 70 is more developed than the developing container 16, the drive side when viewed from the drive side of the developing cartridge along the longitudinal direction (rotation axis direction). The bearing 36 and the developing side cover 34 (refer to FIG. 10) also protrude.
亦即,沿著長邊方向(旋轉軸L0方向)由驅動側(一端側)來看顯像卡匣時,如圖11所示般,驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一突出部(一端側突出部)70f是從顯像框體(16、46、36、34)露出。 That is, when the imaging cartridge is viewed from the drive side (one end side) along the longitudinal direction (rotation axis L0 direction), as shown in FIG. 11, the drive side abuts against the first protrusion (one end of the spacer 70). The side protrusion) 70f is exposed from the development frame (16, 46, 36, 34).
然而,沿著長邊方向(旋轉軸L0方向)來看顯像卡匣B1時,驅動側離間桿70不一定要從顯像框體(16、46、36、34)露出。由驅動側或被驅動側來看顯像卡匣B1時,亦可想像驅動側離間桿70藏於顯像框體後,第一突出部70f不露出(看不見)的構成。 However, when viewing the development cassette B1 along the longitudinal direction (the direction of the rotation axis L0), the drive-side separation lever 70 does not necessarily have to be exposed from the development frame (16, 46, 36, 34). When viewing the development cassette B1 from the driving side or the driven side, it is also conceivable that the driving side separation lever 70 is hidden behind the development frame and the first protrusion 70f is not exposed (invisible).
亦即,突出部70f是只要通過驅動側離間桿70(特別是突出部70f),在與長邊方向(顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸L0)正交的顯像卡匣的剖面(參照圖1(a))中,從顯像框體(16、46、36、34)突出即可。若根據如此的構成,則後述的驅動側裝置推壓構件150(參照圖27)可與突出部70f卡合。 That is, the protruding portion 70f is a cross-section of the developing cartridge perpendicular to the longitudinal direction (the rotation axis L0 of the developing roller 13) as long as it passes through the drive-side separating lever 70 (especially the protruding portion 70f) (see FIG. 1 In (a)), what is necessary is to protrude from the display frame (16, 46, 36, 34). According to such a structure, the drive-side device pressing member 150 (refer to FIG. 27) described later can be engaged with the protruding portion 70f.
換言之,只要在顯像滾輪13的長邊方向配置有驅動側離間桿70的位置,突出部70f從顯像框體突出而形成顯像卡匣的外形即可。在本實施例中,突出部70f是在配置有驅動側離間桿70的位置對於驅動側顯像軸承36突出。突出部70f亦可為假如以位於比驅動側離間桿70更長邊方向的外側的顯像側蓋34所覆蓋隱蔽,或以位於比驅動側離間桿70更長邊方向內側的顯像容器16所覆蓋隱蔽之類的構成。 In other words, as long as the position where the drive side separation lever 70 is arranged in the longitudinal direction of the development roller 13, the protrusion 70f protrudes from the development frame to form the outer shape of the development cassette. In this embodiment, the protruding portion 70f protrudes from the driving side developing bearing 36 at a position where the driving side spacer 70 is arranged. The protruding portion 70f may also be covered and concealed by the development side cover 34 located on the longer side of the drive side separation lever 70, or can be hidden by the development container 16 located on the inner side of the drive side separation lever 70 in the longer side direction. Covered concealment and the like.
結論,若以顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸L0方向的驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置的剖面來看,則驅動側抵接離間桿70是突出成作為顯像卡匣B1的外形。 In conclusion, when viewed in a cross section of the position where the driving side abuts against the spacer 70 in the direction of the rotation axis L0 of the developing roller 13, the driving side abutting and spacer 70 protrudes into the outer shape of the developing cassette B1.
而且,第一突出部70f的突出方向(箭號M2方向)是對於驅動側抵接離間桿70的可動方向(移動方向:箭號N9、N10方向)、及顯像卡匣B1的可動方向(移動方向: 箭號N6方向(參照圖27(a)))交叉。 Furthermore, the projecting direction (arrow M2 direction) of the first projecting portion 70f is the movable direction (moving direction: arrow N9, N10 direction) of the drive side contact and separation lever 70 and the moving direction of the developing cartridge B1 ( Moving direction: The arrow N6 direction (refer to Figure 27(a))) intersects.
並且,第一突出部70f是由驅動側抵接離間桿70的被支撐部70d來看,在顯像滾輪13的相反側具有第一抵接面70a。詳細後述,使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10加壓時,成為驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第二抵接面150b與驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一抵接面70a抵接的構成(參照圖27(a))。而且,在第一突出部70f的前端是設有:與第一突出部70f的突出方向(箭號M2方向)交叉,突出至顯像滾輪13側的被離間部70g。被離間部70g是具有第二抵接面70b。詳細後述,使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10離間時(參照圖28),成為驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a與驅動側抵接離間桿70的第二抵接面70b抵接的構成。 In addition, the first protruding portion 70 f is seen from the supported portion 70 d of the driving side abutting the spacer 70, and has a first abutting surface 70 a on the opposite side of the developing roller 13. As will be described in detail later, when the developing roller 13 is pressed against the photosensitive drum 10, the second contact surface 150b of the drive-side device pressing member 150 is in contact with the first contact surface 70a of the drive-side abutment and release lever 70. (Refer to Figure 27(a)). In addition, at the tip of the first protrusion 70f, a separated portion 70g that crosses the protrusion direction (arrow M2 direction) of the first protrusion 70f and protrudes to the developing roller 13 side is provided. The separated portion 70g has a second contact surface 70b. As will be described in detail later, when the developing roller 13 is spaced from the photosensitive drum 10 (see FIG. 28), the first contact surface 150a of the drive-side device pressing member 150 and the second contact surface 70b of the drive-side contact and separation lever 70 are formed. The composition of abutment.
其次,利用圖1(b)來詳細說明有關非驅動側抵接離間桿72的形狀。與前述的驅動側同樣,非驅動側抵接離間桿72是通過顯像滾輪13的中心13z,對於與顯像卡匣B1之往裝置本體A1的安裝方向X2平行的直線Z30,配置於與感光鼓10相反側(在本實施例中是重力方向下側)。藉由此構成來裝卸顯像卡匣時,在鼓卡匣C之間的配置自由度增加。具體而言,藉由設為非驅動側抵接離間桿72不往鼓卡匣C方向突出的構成,鼓卡匣C的配置的自由度會增加。不須形成避開與突出的非驅動側抵接離間桿72等的干涉之配置。 Next, the shape of the non-driving side abutment and separation lever 72 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 1(b). Similar to the aforementioned driving side, the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 passes through the center 13z of the developing roller 13, and is arranged on a straight line Z30 parallel to the mounting direction X2 of the developing cartridge B1 to the main body A1 of the imaging device. The opposite side of the drum 10 (in this embodiment, the lower side in the direction of gravity). With this configuration, when the developing cartridges are attached and detached, the degree of freedom of arrangement between the drum cartridges C is increased. Specifically, by setting the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 to not protrude in the direction of the drum cassette C, the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the drum cassette C is increased. It is not necessary to form a configuration that avoids interference with the protruding non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 and the like.
而且,非驅動側抵接離間桿72的第一突出部72f是 由長邊方向來看,比顯像容器16、非驅動側顯像軸承46還突出。亦即,沿著長邊方向(旋轉軸L0方向)由非驅動側(另一端側)來看顯像卡匣時,非驅動側抵接離間桿72的第一突出部(另一端側突出部)72f是從顯像框體(16、46、36、34)露出(參照圖5)。 In addition, the first protrusion 72f of the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 protrudes more than the developing container 16 and the non-driving side developing bearing 46 when viewed in the longitudinal direction. That is, when the developing cartridge is viewed from the non-driving side (the other end side) along the longitudinal direction (the rotation axis L0 direction), the non-driving side abuts on the first protrusion (the other end side protrusion) of the spacer 72 ) 72f is exposed from the development frame (16, 46, 36, 34) (refer to FIG. 5).
但,第一突出部72f也與第一突出部70f同樣,不須沿著長邊方向(旋轉軸L0方向)來看顯像卡匣B1時露出。 However, the first protrusion 72f is also the same as the first protrusion 70f, and does not need to be exposed when the developing cartridge B1 is viewed in the longitudinal direction (the direction of the rotation axis L0).
亦即,第一突出部72f也同樣,只要通過驅動側離間桿72(特別是突出部72f),在與長邊方向(顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸L0)正交的顯像卡匣的剖面中,從顯像框體(16、36、34)突出即可。若根據如此的構成,則後述的非驅動側裝置推壓構件151(參照圖29)可與突出部72f卡合。 That is, the first protrusion 72f is also the same, as long as it passes through the drive-side separation lever 72 (especially the protrusion 72f), in the cross section of the imaging cassette perpendicular to the longitudinal direction (the rotation axis L0 of the imaging roller 13) In the display frame (16, 36, 34), what is necessary is just to protrude. According to such a structure, the non-driving side device pressing member 151 (refer to FIG. 29) described later can be engaged with the protrusion 72f.
換言之,只要在顯像滾輪13的長邊方向配置有驅動側離間桿70的位置,突出部70f從顯像框體(在本實施例是非驅動側側蓋46)突出而形成顯像卡匣B1的外形即可。亦可為在比配置有驅動側離間桿72的位置更長邊方向外側或長邊方向內側,顯像框體覆蓋第一突出部72f而隱蔽之類的構成。 In other words, as long as the position of the drive-side separation lever 70 is arranged in the longitudinal direction of the developing roller 13, the protrusion 70f protrudes from the developing frame (in this embodiment, the non-driving side cover 46) to form the developing cassette B1 The shape can be. It may also be a structure in which the development frame covers the first protrusion 72f and hides it on the longer side or the longer side than the position where the drive-side separation lever 72 is arranged.
結論,若以顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸L0方向的非驅動側抵接離間桿72的位置的剖面來看,則非驅動側抵接離間桿72是突出成作為顯像卡匣B1的外形。 In conclusion, when viewed in a cross section of the position where the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 in the direction of the rotation axis L0 of the developing roller 13 is, the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 protrudes into the outer shape of the developing cassette B1.
而且,第一突出部72f的突出方向(箭號MH2方向)是對於非驅動側抵接離間桿72的可動方向(移動方向:箭號NH9、NH10方向)、及顯像卡匣B1的可動方向(移動方 向:箭號M1方向(圖27(a)))交叉。又,第一突出部72f是由非驅動側抵接離間桿72的被支撐部72d來看,在顯像滾輪13的相反側具有第一抵接面72a。詳細後述,使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10加壓時,成為非驅動側裝置推壓構件151的第二抵接面151b與非驅動側抵接離間桿72的第一抵接面72a抵接的構成(圖29)。 Moreover, the protrusion direction of the first protrusion 72f (arrow MH2 direction) is the movable direction of the non-driving side abutment lever 72 (moving direction: arrow NH9, NH10 direction), and the movable direction of the developing cartridge B1 (Movement direction: arrow M1 direction (Figure 27(a))) cross. In addition, the first protruding portion 72f is viewed from the supported portion 72d of the non-driving side abutting the spacer 72, and has a first abutting surface 72a on the opposite side of the developing roller 13. As will be described in detail later, when the developing roller 13 is pressed against the photosensitive drum 10, the second contact surface 151b of the non-driving side device pressing member 151 abuts against the first contact surface 72a of the non-driving side abutment and release lever 72 The composition (Figure 29).
而且,在第一突出部72f的前端是設有:與第一突出部72f自顯像容器16突出方向(箭號MH2方向)交叉,突出至顯像滾輪13側的被離間部72g。被離間部72g是具有第二抵接面72b。詳細後述,使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10離間時(參照圖29),成為非驅動側裝置推壓構件151的第一抵接面151a與非驅動側抵接離間桿72的第二抵接面72b抵接的構成。 Furthermore, at the front end of the first protrusion 72f, there is provided a separated portion 72g intersecting the direction in which the first protrusion 72f protrudes from the developing container 16 (arrow MH2 direction) and protruding to the developing roller 13 side. The separated portion 72g has a second contact surface 72b. As described in detail later, when the developing roller 13 is spaced from the photosensitive drum 10 (see FIG. 29), the first contact surface 151a of the non-driving side device pressing member 151 and the second contact surface 151a of the non-driving side abutment and separation lever 72 The surface 72b is in contact with each other.
又,驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72是如前述般,對於顯像滾輪13的軸線方向(長邊方向),設在顯像卡匣的兩端。又,亦可在比使用於畫像形成的記錄紙、標籤紙、OHP薄片等的媒體寬度更外側配置驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72。此情況,在以長邊方向作為法線的平面看裝置本體時,亦可在交叉的位置配置驅動側抵接離間桿70等及媒體、以及設在搬送媒體的裝置本體的搬送構件等。結果,亦可謀求裝置本體的小型化。 In addition, the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 are provided at both ends of the developing cassette with respect to the axial direction (longitudinal direction) of the developing roller 13 as described above. In addition, the drive side abutment and release levers 70 and the non-drive side abutment and release levers 72 may be arranged outside the width of the medium used for image formation, such as recording paper, label paper, OHP sheet, and the like. In this case, when the device body is viewed in a plan view with the longitudinal direction as the normal line, the drive side abutting and separating lever 70 and the like and the medium, and the conveying member provided in the device body for conveying the medium may be arranged at the crossing position. As a result, miniaturization of the device body can also be achieved.
其次,利用圖24來詳細說明有關驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72的配置。圖24是由顯像滾 輪13側來看顯像卡匣B1的正面圖。但是以支撐顯像滾輪13的驅動側被支撐部13a之驅動側顯像軸承36的支撐部36a、及支撐顯像滾輪13的非驅動側被支撐部13c之非驅動側顯像軸承46的支撐部46f附近作為剖面圖。 Next, the arrangement of the driving side abutting and separating rod 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 24. Fig. 24 is a front view of the developing cartridge B1 as viewed from the developing roller 13 side. However, the supporting part 36a of the driving side developing bearing 36 of the driving side supported part 13a that supports the developing roller 13 and the non-driving side supporting part 13c of the developing roller 13 are supported by the non-driving side developing bearing 46 of the supporting part 13c. The vicinity of the portion 46f is taken as a cross-sectional view.
如前述般,驅動側抵接離間桿70是在顯像卡匣B1的長邊方向,設於驅動側端部。又,非驅動側抵接離間桿72是在顯像卡匣B1的長邊方向,設於非驅動側端部。而且,驅動側抵接離間桿70與非驅動側抵接離間桿72的轉動動作(圖1(a)箭號N9,N10方向、及圖1(b)箭號NH9,NH10方向)是彼此不影響,可獨立轉動。 As described above, the drive side abutment and release lever 70 is provided at the end of the drive side in the longitudinal direction of the developing cartridge B1. In addition, the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 is provided at the non-driving side end in the longitudinal direction of the developing cartridge B1. Moreover, the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 rotate in the direction (arrow N9, N10 direction of Fig. 1(a), and arrow NH9, NH10 direction of Fig. 1(b)) are different from each other. Influence, can rotate independently.
在此,於長邊方向,顯像滾輪13的驅動側被支撐部13a是在比畫像形成範圍L13b的驅動側端部L13bk更長邊外側,被驅動側顯像軸承36的支撐部36a所支撐。而且,顯像滾輪13的非驅動側被支撐部13c是在比畫像形成範圍L13b的非驅動側端部L13bh更長邊外側,被非驅動側顯像軸承46的支撐部46f所支撐。然後,驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72是與顯像滾輪13的全長L13a的範圍至少一部分會重疊配置。而且,配置於比顯像滾輪13的畫像形成範圍L13b更外側。 Here, in the longitudinal direction, the driving-side supported portion 13a of the developing roller 13 is on the longer side than the driving-side end L13bk of the image forming range L13b, and is supported by the supporting portion 36a of the driving-side developing bearing 36 . Furthermore, the non-driving side supported portion 13c of the developing roller 13 is on the longer side than the non-driving side end L13bh of the image forming range L13b, and is supported by the supporting portion 46f of the non-driving side developing bearing 46. Then, the driving-side abutting and disengaging lever 70 and the non-driving-side abutting and disengaging lever 72 are arranged to overlap at least a part of the entire length L13a of the developing roller 13. Moreover, it is arranged outside the image forming range L13b of the developing roller 13.
亦即,驅動側抵接離間桿70和顯像滾輪13的驅動側被支撐部13a是被配置成與被畫像形成領域L13b的驅動側端部L13bk和顯像滾輪13的全長L13a的驅動側端部L13ak所夾的領域L14k至少一部分會重疊。因此,驅動側抵接離間桿70和顯像滾輪13的驅動側被支撐部13a是 成為配置在長邊方向接近的位置。 That is, the driving-side supported portion 13a, which abuts against the separating rod 70 and the developing roller 13 on the driving side, is arranged to be in contact with the driving-side end portion L13bk of the image forming area L13b and the driving-side end of the entire length L13a of the developing roller 13 At least a part of the area L14k sandwiched by the part L13ak overlaps. Therefore, the driving-side supported portion 13a where the driving-side contacting and separating lever 70 and the developing roller 13 are located is arranged at a position close to each other in the longitudinal direction.
又,非驅動側抵接離間桿72和顯像滾輪13的非驅動側被支撐部13c是被配置成與被畫像形成領域L13b的非驅動側端部L13bh和顯像滾輪13的全長L13a的非驅動側端部L13ah所夾的領域L14h至少一部分重疊以能夠符合此關係的方式,配置有非驅動側抵接離間桿72和顯像滾輪13的非驅動側被支撐部13c。因此,非驅動側抵接離間桿72和顯像滾輪13的驅動側被支撐部13c是成為配置在顯像滾輪13的長邊方向接近的位置。(抵接離間構成的說明) In addition, the non-driving side supported portion 13c of the non-driving side abutting lever 72 and the developing roller 13 is arranged so as to be in contact with the non-driving side end portion L13bh of the image forming area L13b and the non-driving side end portion L13bh of the imaging roller 13 and the full length L13a of the developing roller 13. At least a part of the area L14h sandwiched by the driving end L13ah overlaps so as to be able to comply with this relationship, and the non-driving side supported portion 13c of the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 and the developing roller 13 is arranged. Therefore, the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 and the driving side supported portion 13 c of the developing roller 13 are arranged at a position close to the longitudinal direction of the developing roller 13. (Description of the structure of abutment and separation)
(裝置本體的顯像加壓、及顯像離間構成) (The device body's imaging pressure and imaging separation structure)
其次,說明有關裝置本體的顯像加壓、及顯像離間構成。 Next, the development pressure and development separation structure of the main body of the device will be explained.
圖25(a)是由非驅動側來看裝置本體A1的驅動側側板90的分解立體圖,圖25(b)是由非驅動側來看的側面圖。圖26(a)是由驅動側來看裝置本體A1的非驅動側側板91的分解立體圖,圖26(b)是由驅動側來看的側面圖。 Fig. 25(a) is an exploded perspective view of the driving side plate 90 of the device body A1 as viewed from the non-driving side, and Fig. 25(b) is a side view as viewed from the non-driving side. Fig. 26(a) is an exploded perspective view of the non-driving side side plate 91 of the device body A1 as viewed from the driving side, and Fig. 26(b) is a side view as viewed from the driving side.
如圖25所示般,在裝置本體A1是設有用以將顯像卡匣B1裝卸於裝置本體A1的驅動側引導構件92、驅動側搖動引導80。此驅動側引導構件92及驅動側搖動引導80是在顯像卡匣B1被安裝於裝置本體內時,引導顯像卡匣B1的驅動側被引導部34d(參照圖18)。 As shown in FIG. 25, the device main body A1 is provided with a drive-side guide member 92 and a drive-side swing guide 80 for attaching and detaching the developing cartridge B1 to the device main body A1. The driving-side guide member 92 and the driving-side swing guide 80 guide the driving-side guided portion 34d of the development cassette B1 when the development cassette B1 is installed in the apparatus body (see FIG. 18).
如圖25(a)所示般、驅動側引導構件92是從驅動側引 導構件92突出的凸台形狀的被定位部92d、及被旋轉規制部92e會分別被被設在驅動側側板90的孔形狀的定位部90a、及旋轉規制部90b所支撐。然後、藉由螺絲(未圖示)等的固定手段來將驅動側引導構件92定位固定於驅動側側板90。並且,驅動側搖動引導80是圓筒形狀的被支撐凸部80g會藉由與設在驅動側側板90的孔形狀的支撐部90c嵌合而被支撐。因此,驅動側搖動引導80是對於驅動側側板90,可轉動地被支撐於箭號N5方向、及箭號N6方向。 As shown in FIG. 25(a), the driving side guide member 92 is a boss-shaped positioned portion 92d protruding from the driving side guide member 92, and the rotation regulating portion 92e is respectively provided on the driving side side plate 90 The hole-shaped positioning portion 90a and the rotation regulating portion 90b are supported. Then, the driving-side guide member 92 is positioned and fixed to the driving-side side plate 90 by fixing means such as screws (not shown). In addition, the driving-side rocking guide 80 is a cylindrical supported convex portion 80 g that is supported by fitting with a hole-shaped support portion 90 c provided in the driving-side side plate 90. Therefore, the driving side swing guide 80 is rotatably supported on the driving side side plate 90 in the arrow N5 direction and the arrow N6 direction.
另外,在上述的說明中,設在驅動側側板90的支撐部90c是設為孔形狀(凹形狀),另一方面,設在驅動側搖動引導80的被支撐凸部80g是凸形狀,但凹凸關係並非限於此,亦可將凹凸關係構成相反。 In addition, in the above description, the supporting portion 90c provided on the driving side plate 90 is in the shape of a hole (concave shape). On the other hand, the supported convex portion 80g provided on the driving side rocking guide 80 has a convex shape. The concavo-convex relationship is not limited to this, and the concavo-convex relationship may be reversed.
而且,在驅動側搖動引導80的突起部80h與驅動側側板90的突起部90d之間是設有拉伸彈簧之驅動側彈壓手段76。驅動側搖動引導80是藉由驅動側彈壓手段76來彈壓至使驅動側搖動引導80的突起部80h與驅動側側板90的突起部90d靠近的箭號N6方向。並且,在裝置本體A1中設有用以使感光鼓10的表面與顯像滾輪13接觸及使前述兩者離間的驅動側裝置推壓構件150。驅動側裝置推壓構件150是在可移動於箭號N7方向及箭號N8方向的狀態下被底板(未圖示)支撐。 Furthermore, between the protruding portion 80h of the driving-side rocking guide 80 and the protruding portion 90d of the driving-side side plate 90 is a driving-side urging means 76 provided with a tension spring. The driving side swing guide 80 is urged by the driving side urging means 76 to the arrow N6 direction in which the protrusion 80h of the driving side swing guide 80 and the protrusion 90d of the driving side plate 90 approach. In addition, the device body A1 is provided with a driving side device pressing member 150 for bringing the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 into contact with the developing roller 13 and separating the two. The drive-side device pressing member 150 is supported by a bottom plate (not shown) in a state of being movable in the arrow N7 direction and the arrow N8 direction.
另一方面,如圖26所示般,在裝置本體A1中設有用以將顯像卡匣B1裝卸於裝置本體A1的非驅動側引導構 件93、非驅動側搖動引導81。此非驅動側引導構件93及非驅動側搖動引導81是在顯像卡匣B1被安裝於裝置本體內時,引導顯像卡匣B1的非驅動側被引導部46d(參照圖18)。 On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 26, a non-driving side guide member 93 and a non-driving side swing guide 81 for attaching and detaching the developing cartridge B1 to the main body A1 are provided in the main body A1 of the apparatus. The non-driving-side guide member 93 and the non-driving-side swing guide 81 guide the non-driving-side guided portion 46d of the development cassette B1 when the development cassette B1 is installed in the apparatus body (see FIG. 18).
如圖26(a)所示般,非驅動側引導構件93是具有從非驅動側引導構件93突出的凸台形狀的被定位部93d、及被旋轉規制部93e。被定位部93d、及被旋轉規制部93e是分別被被設在非驅動側側板91的孔形狀的定位部91a、及旋轉規制部91b所支撐。然後,藉由螺絲(未圖示)等的固定手段來將非驅動側引導構件93定位固定於非驅動側側板91。並且,非驅動側搖動引導81是圓筒形狀的被支撐凸部81g會藉由設在非驅動側側板91的孔形狀的支撐部91c來嵌合而被支撐。因此,非驅動側搖動引導81是對於非驅動側側板91,朝箭號N5方向、及箭號N6方向,可轉動地被支撐。 As shown in FIG. 26(a), the non-driving-side guide member 93 is a positioned portion 93d having a boss shape protruding from the non-driving-side guide member 93, and a rotation-regulated portion 93e. The positioned portion 93d and the rotation regulated portion 93e are supported by the hole-shaped positioning portion 91a and the rotation regulating portion 91b provided in the non-driving side side plate 91, respectively. Then, the non-driving-side guide member 93 is positioned and fixed to the non-driving-side side plate 91 by fixing means such as screws (not shown). In addition, the non-driving side swing guide 81 is a cylindrical supported convex portion 81 g that is fitted and supported by a hole-shaped support portion 91 c provided in the non-driving side side plate 91. Therefore, the non-driving side rocking guide 81 is rotatably supported on the non-driving side side plate 91 in the arrow N5 direction and the arrow N6 direction.
另外,在上述的說明中,設在非驅動側側板91的支撐部91c是設為孔形狀(凹形狀),設在非驅動側搖動引導81的被支撐凸部81g是凸形狀。然而,凹凸關係並非限於此,亦可將凹凸關係構成相反。 In addition, in the above description, the supporting portion 91c provided on the non-driving side side plate 91 has a hole shape (concave shape), and the supported convex portion 81g provided on the non-driving side rocking guide 81 has a convex shape. However, the concavo-convex relationship is not limited to this, and the concavo-convex relationship may be reversed.
而且,在非驅動側搖動引導81的突起部81h與非驅動側側板91的突起部91d之間是設有拉伸彈簧之非驅動側彈壓手段77。非驅動側搖動引導81是藉由非驅動側彈壓手段77來彈壓至使非驅動側搖動引導81的突起部81h與非驅動側引導構件91的突起部91d靠近的箭號N6方 向。 Furthermore, between the protrusion 81h of the non-driving side rocking guide 81 and the protrusion 91d of the non-driving side plate 91 is a non-driving side urging means 77 provided with a tension spring. The non-driving side rocking guide 81 is urged by the non-driving side urging means 77 to the arrow N6 direction in which the projection 81h of the non-driving side rocking guide 81 and the projection 91d of the non-driving side guide member 91 approach.
並且,與驅動側同樣,在裝置本體A1設有用以使感光鼓10的表面與顯像滾輪13接觸及使前述兩者離間的非驅動側裝置推壓構件151。非驅動側裝置推壓構件151是在可移動至箭號N7方向及箭號N8方向的狀態下被裝置本體A的底板(未圖示)支撐。 Also, similar to the driving side, a non-driving side device pressing member 151 for bringing the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 into contact with the developing roller 13 and separating the two is provided in the main body A1 of the device. The non-driving side device pressing member 151 is supported by the bottom plate (not shown) of the device body A in a state of being movable in the arrow N7 direction and the arrow N8 direction.
(對感光鼓的顯像加壓及顯像離間) (Pressure and image separation of the photosensitive drum)
其次,說明有關顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10的加壓及離間。 Next, the pressurization and separation of the photosensitive drum 10 by the developing roller 13 will be described.
<加壓機構> <Pressure Mechanism>
以下,說明有關顯像滾輪13的構成。 Hereinafter, the structure of the developing roller 13 will be described.
圖27(a)是在被驅動側搖動引導80所支撐的顯像卡匣B1中具備的顯像滾輪13抵接於感光鼓10的狀態的側面圖。又,圖27(c)是圖27(a)的驅動側抵接離間桿70周邊的詳細圖,為了說明,而使驅動側搖動引導80及顯像側蓋34形成不顯示。 FIG. 27(a) is a side view of a state in which the developing roller 13 provided in the developing cartridge B1 supported by the driving side swing guide 80 is in contact with the photosensitive drum 10. In addition, FIG. 27(c) is a detailed view of the driving side abutment and separation lever 70 in FIG. 27(a). For the sake of explanation, the driving side rocking guide 80 and the display side cover 34 are not shown.
本實施例是使用所謂的接觸顯像方式,使在表面載持顯像劑t的顯像滾輪13直接接觸於感光鼓10,藉此將感光鼓10上的靜電潛像顯像。 In this embodiment, the so-called contact developing method is used to directly contact the developing roller 13 carrying the developer t on the surface of the photosensitive drum 10 to thereby develop the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum 10.
顯像滾輪13是由軸部13e及橡膠部13d所構成。軸部13e是鋁等的導電性的細長的圓筒狀,在其長邊方向,中央部是以橡膠部13d所覆蓋(參照圖6)。在此,橡膠部 13d是以外形形狀與軸部13e形成同軸線上的方式被覆於軸部13e。然後,在軸部13e的圓筒內是內藏有磁鐵滾輪12。橡膠部13d是在周面載持顯像劑t,對軸部13e施加偏壓。然後,使載持顯像劑t的狀態的橡膠部13d與感光鼓10的表面接觸,藉此將感光鼓10上的靜電潛像顯像。 The developing roller 13 is composed of a shaft portion 13e and a rubber portion 13d. The shaft portion 13e is a conductive elongated cylindrical shape such as aluminum, and the center portion is covered with a rubber portion 13d in the longitudinal direction (see FIG. 6). Here, the rubber portion 13d is covered on the shaft portion 13e so that the outer shape and the shaft portion 13e form a coaxial line. Then, the magnet roller 12 is embedded in the cylinder of the shaft portion 13e. The rubber portion 13d supports the developer t on the peripheral surface and applies a bias to the shaft portion 13e. Then, the rubber portion 13d in the state of supporting the developer t is brought into contact with the surface of the photosensitive drum 10, whereby the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum 10 is developed.
其次,說明有關使顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10以預定的接觸壓來壓接的機構。 Next, a description will be given of a mechanism for pressing the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 with a predetermined contact pressure.
如前述般,驅動側搖動引導80是對於驅動側側板90可揺動地被支撐於箭號N5及箭號N6方向。並且,非驅動側搖動引導81是對於非驅動側側板91可揺動地被支撐於箭號N5及箭號N6方向。然後,如前述般,顯像卡匣B1是對於驅動側搖動引導80及非驅動側搖動引導81定位。因此,顯像卡匣B1是在裝置本體A1內處於可搖動於箭號N5及箭號N6方向的狀態(參照圖29)。 As described above, the driving side swing guide 80 is supported in the direction of the arrow N5 and the arrow N6 so as to be movable with respect to the driving side plate 90. In addition, the non-driving side rocking guide 81 is supported in the direction of the arrow N5 and the arrow N6 so as to be movable with respect to the non-driving side side plate 91. Then, as described above, the imaging cassette B1 is positioned with respect to the driving side swing guide 80 and the non-driving side swing guide 81. Therefore, the development cassette B1 is in a state capable of swinging in the directions of arrows N5 and N6 in the main body A1 of the apparatus (refer to FIG. 29).
在該狀態中,如圖27(a)及圖27(c)所示般,驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第二抵接面150b與驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一抵接面70a會抵接。藉此,驅動側抵接離間桿70會反抗驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓力而成為旋轉於圖27(c)的箭號N9方向的狀態。然後,驅動側抵接離間桿70的第三抵接面70c是將驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71壓縮,從驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71接受彈壓力F10a。其結果,箭號N10方向的力矩M10會作用於驅動側抵接離間桿70。此時,驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第二抵接面150b與驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一抵接面70a抵接。因此,驅動 側抵接離間桿70的第一抵接面70a從驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第二抵接面150b接受力F11,而使得與力矩M10平衡的力矩會作用於驅動側抵接離間桿70。因此,力F11的外力會作用於顯像卡匣B1。並且,如前述般,在驅動側搖動引導80的突起部80h與驅動側側板90的突起部90d之間是設有驅動側彈壓手段76,被彈壓至箭號N12方向。因此,在被定位於驅動側搖動引導80的顯像卡匣B1是力F12的外力會作用於箭號N12的方向。 In this state, as shown in FIGS. 27(a) and 27(c), the second contact surface 150b of the drive side device pressing member 150 and the first contact surface 70a of the drive side abutment and release lever 70 Will meet. As a result, the drive side abutment and release lever 70 opposes the urging force of the drive side development pressurizing spring 71 and becomes a state rotated in the direction of the arrow N9 in FIG. 27(c). Then, the third abutting surface 70c of the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 compresses the driving side development pressure spring 71, and receives the elastic force F10a from the driving side development pressure spring 71. As a result, the moment M10 in the direction of the arrow N10 acts on the drive side abutment and separation lever 70. At this time, the second abutting surface 150 b of the driving-side device pressing member 150 abuts the first abutting surface 70 a of the driving-side abutment and separation lever 70. Therefore, the first abutment surface 70a of the drive-side abutment and release lever 70 receives the force F11 from the second abutment surface 150b of the drive-side device pressing member 150, so that a moment balanced with the moment M10 will act on the drive-side abutment From the rod 70. Therefore, the external force of the force F11 acts on the imaging cassette B1. In addition, as described above, between the protruding portion 80h of the driving side rocking guide 80 and the protruding portion 90d of the driving side side plate 90 is provided with the driving side biasing means 76 and is biased to the arrow N12 direction. Therefore, in the imaging cassette B1 positioned on the driving side rocking guide 80, the external force of the force F12 will act in the direction of the arrow N12.
亦即,顯像卡匣B1是藉由驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的力F11及驅動側彈壓手段76的力F12,接受顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10接近的方向(箭號N6方向)的力矩M6。藉由此力矩M6,可使顯像滾輪13的彈性層13d以預定的壓力來壓接於感光鼓10。 That is, the developing cartridge B1 receives the direction in which the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 approach (arrow N6 direction) by the force F11 of the drive-side developing pressure spring 71 and the force F12 of the drive-side urging means 76 The torque M6. With this moment M6, the elastic layer 13d of the developing roller 13 can be pressed against the photosensitive drum 10 with a predetermined pressure.
其次,圖29(a)是表示被非驅動側搖動引導81所支撐的顯像卡匣B1中具備的顯像滾輪13抵接於感光鼓10的狀態的側面圖。並且,圖29(c)是圖29(a)的驅動側抵接離間桿72周邊的詳細圖,為了說明,將非驅動側搖動引導81、及非驅動側顯像軸承46的一部分設為不顯示。 Next, FIG. 29( a) is a side view showing a state in which the developing roller 13 provided in the developing cartridge B1 supported by the non-driving side swing guide 81 abuts the photosensitive drum 10. 29(c) is a detailed view of the driving side abutment and separation lever 72 and the surrounding area of FIG. 29(a). For the purpose of explanation, the non-driving side rocking guide 81 and a part of the non-driving side developing bearing 46 are not display.
非驅動側也與驅動側同樣的構成,如圖29(a)及圖29(c)所示般,藉由非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73及非驅動側彈壓手段77來對顯像卡匣B1作用外力FH11、FH12。藉此,顯像卡匣B1會接受顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10接近的方向(箭號N6方向)的力矩(M6),可使顯像滾輪13的彈性層13d以預定的壓力來壓接於感光鼓10。 The non-driving side also has the same structure as the driving side. As shown in Figure 29 (a) and Figure 29 (c), the non-driving side development pressure spring 73 and the non-driving side urging means 77 are used to control the development card Box B1 acts on external forces FH11 and FH12. Thereby, the developing cartridge B1 will receive the torque (M6) in the direction (arrow N6 direction) in which the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 are approaching, so that the elastic layer 13d of the developing roller 13 can be pressed against each other with a predetermined pressure.于photosensitive drum 10.
在此,如圖27(b)所示般,由顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線的方向來看時,將從被支撐部70d的中心到第三抵接面70c的中心的距離設為D10。同樣,將從被支撐部70d的中心到第一抵接面70a被驅動側裝置推壓構件150推壓的部分的距離設為D11。然後,距離D10與距離D11的關係是成為:D10<D11 Here, as shown in FIG. 27(b), when viewed from the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13, the distance from the center of the supported portion 70d to the center of the third contact surface 70c is D10. Similarly, the distance from the center of the supported portion 70d to the portion of the first contact surface 70a pressed by the drive side device pressing member 150 is set to D11. Then, the relationship between the distance D10 and the distance D11 is: D10<D11
因此,與驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的一端71d抵接的驅動側抵接離間桿70的第三抵接面70c是在突出方向M2的方向,配置於驅動側抵接離間桿70的被支撐部70d與第一抵接面70a之間。亦即,從被支撐部70d到第三抵接面70c的距離W10與從被支撐部70d到第一抵接面70a的距離W11的關係是成為:W10<W11 Therefore, the third abutment surface 70c of the drive side abutment and release lever 70 that is in contact with the one end 71d of the drive side development pressurizing spring 71 is in the direction of the projecting direction M2, and is arranged on the drive side abutment and release lever 70. Between the support portion 70d and the first contact surface 70a. That is, the relationship between the distance W10 from the supported portion 70d to the third abutting surface 70c and the distance W11 from the supported portion 70d to the first abutting surface 70a is: W10<W11
因此,將第一抵接面70a的移動量設為W12時的第3抵接面70c的移動量W13的關係為:W13<W12 Therefore, when the movement amount of the first abutting surface 70a is set to W12, the relationship of the movement amount W13 of the third abutting surface 70c is: W13<W12
在此,W13=W12×(W10/W11)。 Here, W13=W12×(W10/W11).
因此,即使驅動側裝置推壓構件150的位置精度發生誤差時,照樣驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的壓縮量的變化是比驅動側裝置推壓構件150的位置精度的誤差更小。其結果,可提升為了使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10壓接的推壓力的精度。由於非驅動側亦為同樣的構成,因此可取得同樣的效果。 Therefore, even when an error occurs in the position accuracy of the driving side device pressing member 150, the change in the compression amount of the driving side development pressure spring 71 is smaller than the error in the position accuracy of the driving side device pressing member 150. As a result, the accuracy of the pressing force for pressing the developing roller 13 against the photosensitive drum 10 can be improved. Since the non-driving side has the same structure, the same effect can be obtained.
又,如前述般,在長邊方向,驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接間桿72是與顯像滾輪13的全長L13a的範圍至少重疊配置(參照圖24)。因此,可縮小驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側離間桿72的第一抵接面70a、72a與顯像滾輪13的驅動側被支撐部13a及非驅動側被支撐部13c的長邊方向的位置差。驅動側抵接離間桿70是接受外力F11(參照圖27(a))者,非驅動側離間桿72是接受外力FH11(參照圖29)者。然後,縮小上述位置差的結果,可抑制作用於驅動側顯像軸承36及非驅動側顯像軸承46的力矩。因此,可效率佳地將顯像滾輪13壓接於感光鼓。 In addition, as described above, in the longitudinal direction, the driving-side abutting and disengaging rods 70 and the non-driving-side abutting and disengaging rods 72 are arranged to overlap at least the entire length L13a of the developing roller 13 (see FIG. 24). Therefore, the long sides of the first contact surfaces 70a, 72a of the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 and the non-driving side separating lever 72 and the driving-side supported portion 13a and the non-driving-side supported portion 13c of the developing roller 13 can be reduced. The position of the direction is poor. The driving-side abutting and separating rod 70 receives an external force F11 (see FIG. 27(a)), and the non-driving-side contacting and separating rod 72 receives an external force FH11 (see FIG. 29). Then, as a result of reducing the position difference, the moment acting on the driving side development bearing 36 and the non-driving side development bearing 46 can be suppressed. Therefore, the developing roller 13 can be pressed against the photosensitive drum efficiently.
又,如前述般,驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72的轉動動作(圖27(a)的箭號N9、N10方向,及圖29的箭號NH9、NH10方向)是彼此可獨立轉動。因此,對於感光鼓10,顯像滾輪13為壓接狀態時,可分別獨立設定驅動側裝置推壓構件150的箭號N7、N8方向(參照圖25)的位置、及非驅動側裝置推壓構件151的箭號NH7、NH8方向的位置(參照圖26)。而且,亦無須使驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72的轉動方向(圖27(a)的箭號N9、N10方向、及圖29的箭號NH9、NH10方向)一致。其結果,可分別使供以將驅動側及非驅動側的顯像滾輪13壓接於感光鼓10的推壓力F11、FH11的大小及方向適當化。而且,即使在驅動側裝置推壓構件150及非驅動側裝置推壓構件151的位置有相對誤差,也 不互相影響彼此的推壓力F11、FH11。其結果,可使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10的接壓高精度化。 Also, as described above, the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 rotate (directions of arrows N9 and N10 in FIG. 27(a), and directions of arrows NH9 and NH10 in FIG. 29) They can rotate independently of each other. Therefore, for the photosensitive drum 10, when the developing roller 13 is in a pressure-contact state, the position of the drive-side device pressing member 150 in the arrow N7 and N8 directions (refer to FIG. 25) and the non-drive-side device pressing can be independently set. The position of the member 151 in the direction of the arrows NH7 and NH8 (refer to FIG. 26). Moreover, there is no need to make the rotation directions of the drive side abutment and release lever 70 and the non-drive side abutment and release lever 72 (the direction of arrows N9 and N10 in FIG. 27(a), and the directions of arrows NH9 and NH10 in FIG. 29) coincide. . As a result, the magnitudes and directions of the pressing forces F11 and FH11 for pressing the developing rollers 13 on the driving side and the non-driving side to the photosensitive drum 10 can be adjusted appropriately. Furthermore, even if there is a relative error in the positions of the driving-side device pressing member 150 and the non-driving-side device pressing member 151, the pressing forces F11 and FH11 do not affect each other. As a result, the contact pressure of the developing roller 13 to the photosensitive drum 10 can be made highly accurate.
另外,將感光體鼓10與顯像滾輪13接觸而可使感光鼓10上的靜電潛像顯像的狀態的顯像卡匣B1的位置稱為抵接位置。另一方面,將感光體鼓10與顯像滾輪13離間的狀態的顯像卡匣B1的位置稱為離間位置。顯像卡匣B1是藉由後述的機構,成為顯像卡匣B1可選擇抵接位置及離間位置的構成。 In addition, the position of the development cassette B1 in a state where the photoreceptor drum 10 is in contact with the development roller 13 and the electrostatic latent image on the photoreceptor drum 10 can be developed is referred to as a contact position. On the other hand, the position of the development cassette B1 in a state where the photoreceptor drum 10 and the development roller 13 are separated is called a separation position. The imaging cassette B1 is a structure in which the imaging cassette B1 can select the contact position and the separation position by the mechanism described later.
<利用加壓機構之顯像卡匣與裝置本體的電氣連接的構成> <Constitution of the electrical connection between the developing cartridge and the main body of the device using a pressurizing mechanism>
其次,利用圖38來說明有關顯像卡匣B1與裝置本體A1的電氣連接的構成。當顯像卡匣B1處於前述的抵接位置時,顯像卡匣B1的記憶體基板47的電極部47a與裝置本體A1的給電接點120A會接觸。在此,由於給電接點120A是具有彈簧性,因此如圖39所示般,從顯像卡匣B1安裝前的形狀120Aa,藉由電極部47a來推進預定量。藉此,給電接點120A會使顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10所離開的方向的接點壓FH13到達顯像卡匣B1。另一方面,如圖38所示般,使顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10靠近的方向的力FH11會作用於顯像卡匣B1。此時,如圖38(a)所示般,非驅動側抵接離間桿72是從抵接於非驅動側顯像軸承46的抵接面46e的第一位置,藉由非驅動側裝置構件151來將突出部72f往接近顯像滾輪13的第二位置推進。並且,電極部47a是處於從第一位置往第二位置的 移動方向W的下游側,移動方向W與電極部47a的表面(露出面)是交叉。 Next, the configuration related to the electrical connection between the developing cartridge B1 and the main body A1 of the apparatus will be explained with reference to FIG. 38. When the developing cartridge B1 is in the aforementioned abutting position, the electrode portion 47a of the memory substrate 47 of the developing cartridge B1 and the power supply contact 120A of the main body A1 of the device will be in contact. Here, since the power supply contact 120A is spring-like, as shown in FIG. 39, the electrode portion 47a advances a predetermined amount from the shape 120Aa before the imaging cartridge B1 is installed. Thereby, the power supply contact 120A causes the contact point FH13 in the direction away from the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 to reach the developing cassette B1. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 38, the force FH11 in the direction in which the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 are brought close to each other acts on the developing cassette B1. At this time, as shown in FIG. 38(a), the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 is from the first position abutting on the abutting surface 46e of the non-driving side developing bearing 46, and the non-driving side device member 151 to push the protrusion 72f to the second position close to the developing roller 13. In addition, the electrode portion 47a is on the downstream side of the moving direction W from the first position to the second position, and the moving direction W intersects the surface (exposed surface) of the electrode portion 47a.
因此,使非驅動側抵接離間桿72朝方向W移動的力FH11、及接點壓FH13是分別具有對向的力成分。在此,為了使電極部47a與給電接點120A的電氣連接安定,需要一定以上的接點壓FH13。在本構成中,除了使顯像滾輪13的彈性層安定地壓接於感光鼓10的力以外,還加上考慮前述的接點壓F13來設定非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73的力FH11的大小。亦即,藉由力FH11,可兼顧電氣連接安定的接點壓FH13的確保、及顯像滾輪13往感光鼓10的壓接。藉由以上,可電性連接電極部47a與給電接點120A,進行裝置本體的電氣基板(未圖示)與電極部47a的通訊。 Therefore, the force FH11 that moves the non-driving side contact and separation lever 72 in the direction W and the contact pressure FH13 have opposing force components, respectively. Here, in order to stabilize the electrical connection between the electrode portion 47a and the power feeding contact 120A, a certain contact pressure FH13 or more is required. In this configuration, in addition to the force that makes the elastic layer of the developing roller 13 press-contact the photosensitive drum 10 stably, the force FH11 of the non-driving side developing pressure spring 73 is set in consideration of the aforementioned contact pressure F13. the size of. That is, with the force FH11, both the securing of the contact pressure FH13 for stable electrical connection and the pressing of the developing roller 13 to the photosensitive drum 10 can be achieved. With the above, the electrode portion 47a and the power feeding contact 120A can be electrically connected, and communication between the electrical board (not shown) of the device body and the electrode portion 47a can be performed.
在此,亦可思考提高非驅動側彈壓手段77的外力FH12,確保接點壓FH13的情況。然而該情況需要以顯像卡匣B1不會從非驅動側搖動引導81脫出的方式提高非驅動側推壓彈簧85的彈壓力(參照圖26)。另一方面,非驅動側推壓彈簧85是如前述般將顯像卡匣B1安裝於非驅動側搖動引導81時藉由使用者的操作力來推下。因此需要使用者以更大的力來安裝顯像卡匣B1。如以上般,若所欲以非驅動側彈壓手段77的力FH12來確保接點壓FH13,則恐有使用者的操作性惡化之虞。因此,像本實施例那樣,藉由以非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73的力FH11來確保接點壓FH13,可不有令使用者的操作性惡化的情 形來定位顯像卡匣B1。 Here, it is also possible to consider increasing the external force FH12 of the non-driving side biasing means 77 to ensure the contact pressure FH13. However, in this case, it is necessary to increase the urging force of the non-driving side pressing spring 85 so that the developing cartridge B1 does not come out of the non-driving side rocking guide 81 (refer to FIG. 26). On the other hand, the non-driving side pressing spring 85 is pushed down by the operating force of the user when the developing cartridge B1 is mounted on the non-driving side rocking guide 81 as described above. Therefore, the user is required to install the imaging cassette B1 with greater force. As described above, if the force FH12 of the non-driving side urging means 77 is used to secure the contact pressure FH13, there is a possibility that the user's operability may deteriorate. Therefore, as in the present embodiment, by ensuring the contact pressure FH13 by the force FH11 of the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73, it is possible to position the development cassette B1 without deteriorating the user's operability.
並且,在本實施例中,電極部47a與非驅動側抵接離間桿72的關係是亦可換言成其次所述的關係。例如圖38(b)所示般,在給電接點120A的抵接部之電極部47a的法線方向Z,電極部47a與非驅動側抵接離間桿72的距離,在第一位置設為L1,在第二位置設為L2。此時,以能夠成為L2<L1的方式配置電極部47a。藉此,可將使非驅動側抵接離間桿72從第一位置往第二位置移動的力利用在接點壓FH13的確保。 In addition, in the present embodiment, the relationship between the electrode portion 47a and the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 can be in other words the relationship described below. For example, as shown in FIG. 38(b), in the normal direction Z of the electrode portion 47a of the abutting portion of the power supply contact 120A, the distance between the electrode portion 47a and the non-driving side abutment and the intermediate rod 72 is set at the first position L1, set to L2 in the second position. At this time, the electrode portion 47a is arranged so that L2<L1 can be satisfied. Thereby, the force for moving the non-driving side abutment and separation lever 72 from the first position to the second position can be utilized to secure the contact pressure FH13.
而且,如圖38所示般,在本實施例中,非驅動側抵接離間桿72、非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73、及記憶體基板47皆是被安裝於非驅動側顯像軸承46。亦即,接點壓F13的作用部之電極部47a與力FH11的作用部之非驅動側抵接離間桿72的位置會被配置於與顯像滾輪13的軸線L0正交的同一的平面上。換言之,有關顯像滾輪13的軸線L0的方向,電極部47a與非驅動側抵接離間桿72至少一部分重疊。因此,在接點壓F13與力FH11之間,可減低具有與顯像滾輪的軸線正交的方向的旋轉軸T之力矩的發生,因此可使顯像卡匣B1的姿勢更安定。 Moreover, as shown in FIG. 38, in this embodiment, the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72, the non-driving side development pressure spring 73, and the memory substrate 47 are all mounted on the non-driving side development bearing 46. That is, the position of the non-driving side abutment lever 72 of the electrode part 47a of the acting part of the contact pressure F13 and the acting part of the force FH11 will be arranged on the same plane orthogonal to the axis L0 of the developing roller 13 . In other words, regarding the direction of the axis L0 of the developing roller 13, the electrode portion 47a and the non-driving side abutment and separation lever 72 at least partially overlap. Therefore, between the contact pressure F13 and the force FH11, the generation of the moment of the rotation axis T having a direction orthogonal to the axis of the developing roller can be reduced, and therefore the posture of the developing cartridge B1 can be more stable.
並且,記憶體基板47不是驅動側,而是安裝於非驅動側的軸承46。假如在驅動側設置記憶體基板47,則恐有受到作用於耦合構件180的驅動力的影響之虞。但,由於本實施例是在非驅動側顯像軸承46設置記憶體基板47,因此不易受驅動力的影響,接點壓FH13安定。 In addition, the memory substrate 47 is not on the driving side, but is mounted on the bearing 46 on the non-driving side. If the memory substrate 47 is provided on the driving side, it may be affected by the driving force acting on the coupling member 180. However, since the present embodiment is provided with the memory substrate 47 on the non-driving side developing bearing 46, it is not easily affected by the driving force, and the contact pressure FH13 is stable.
<離間機構> <Separation Agency>
圖28(a)是說明顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10從抵接狀態遷移至離間狀態時的顯像卡匣B1狀態的說明圖。又,圖28(c)是圖28(a)的驅動側抵接離間桿70周邊的詳細圖,為了說明,而使驅動側搖動引導80及顯像側蓋34形成不顯示。 Fig. 28(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the state of the developing cartridge B1 when the clear image roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 transition from the abutting state to the separated state. 28(c) is a detailed view of the periphery of the drive-side abutment and release lever 70 of FIG. 28(a). For the purpose of explanation, the drive-side rocking guide 80 and the display side cover 34 are not shown.
圖28(b)是說明顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10離間的顯像卡匣B1的離間狀態的說明圖。又,圖28(d)是圖28(b)的驅動側抵接離間桿70周邊的詳細圖,為了說明,而使驅動側搖動引導80及顯像側蓋34形成不顯示。 FIG. 28(b) is an explanatory diagram showing the separation state of the developing cartridge B1 in which the separation between the image roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 is evident. 28(d) is a detailed view of the driving side abutment and separation lever 70 and its surroundings in FIG. 28(b). For the purpose of explanation, the driving side rocking guide 80 and the display side cover 34 are not shown.
在此,像本實施例那樣的接觸顯像方式的情況,若像圖27(a)所示那樣顯像滾輪13經常維持接觸於感光鼓10的狀態,則恐有顯像滾輪13的橡膠部13b變形之虞。因此,在非顯像時,使顯像滾輪13離開感光鼓10為理想。亦即,如圖27(a)所示般,取顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10接觸的狀態、及如圖28(b)所示般,顯像滾輪13自感光鼓10離間的狀態為理想。在驅動側抵接離間桿70是設有突出至顯像滾輪13方向的被離間部70g。被離間部70g是成為可卡合於設在驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a之構成,該驅動側裝置推壓構件150是設在裝置本體A1。而且,驅動側裝置推壓構件150是接受來自未圖示的馬達的驅動力,成為可移動於箭號N7、箭號N8方向的構成。 Here, in the case of the contact development method like this embodiment, if the development roller 13 is always kept in contact with the photosensitive drum 10 as shown in Figure 27(a), there is a risk of the rubber part of the development roller 13 13b Risk of deformation. Therefore, it is ideal to keep the developing roller 13 away from the photosensitive drum 10 when it is not developing. That is, as shown in FIG. 27(a), the state in which the developing roller 13 is in contact with the photosensitive drum 10, and the state in which the developing roller 13 is separated from the photosensitive drum 10 as shown in FIG. 28(b) is ideal . The abutment and separation lever 70 on the driving side is provided with a separated portion 70 g that protrudes in the direction of the developing roller 13. The separated portion 70g is configured to be engageable with the first contact surface 150a provided on the drive side device pressing member 150, which is provided on the device body A1. In addition, the drive-side device pressing member 150 receives a driving force from a motor not shown, and is configured to be movable in the directions of arrows N7 and N8.
其次,說明有關顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10移往離間的狀態的動作。在圖27(a)所示的顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10的抵接狀態,第一抵接面150a與被離間部70g是在具有距離δ5的間隙之狀態下離間。 Next, the operation of the state in which the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 are moved away from each other will be described. In the contact state between the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 shown in FIG. 27(a), the first contact surface 150a and the separated portion 70g are separated with a gap of a distance δ5.
另一方面,圖28(a)是表示驅動側裝置推壓構件150朝箭號N8方向只移動距離δ6的狀態,驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一抵接面70a與驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第二抵接面150b為離間的狀態。此時,驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一抵接面70a是接受驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓力F10,以被支撐部70d為中心,旋轉於箭號N10之方向,驅動側抵接離間桿70的規制抵接部70e與驅動側軸承構件36的規制部36b會抵接。藉此,決定驅動側抵接離間桿70與驅動側軸承構件36的位置。 On the other hand, Fig. 28(a) shows a state in which the drive side device pressing member 150 is moved by a distance δ6 in the direction of arrow N8, and the drive side abuts against the first contact surface 70a of the intermediate lever 70 and the drive side device presses The second contact surface 150b of the member 150 is in a separated state. At this time, the first abutment surface 70a of the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 receives the elastic force F10 of the driving side developing pressure spring 71, and rotates in the direction of the arrow N10 with the supported portion 70d as the center, and the driving side The regulation abutment portion 70e of the contact separation lever 70 and the regulation portion 36b of the drive-side bearing member 36 abut. Thereby, the position where the drive side abuts against the spacer 70 and the drive side bearing member 36 is determined.
圖28(b)是表示驅動側裝置推壓構件150朝箭號N8方向只移動距離δ7的狀態。藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150朝箭號N8方向移動,驅動側抵接離間桿70的被離間面70g與驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a會抵接。此時,由於驅動側抵接離間桿70的規制抵接部70e與驅動側軸承構件36的規制部36b會抵接,因此顯像卡匣B1會朝箭號N8方向移動。在此,詳細是利用圖41後述,顯像卡匣B1是被定位於可對於驅動側側板90滑動於箭號N3方向、箭號N4方向,且可揺動地被支撐於箭號N5及箭號N6方向的驅動側搖動引導80。因此,藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150朝箭號N8方向移動,顯像卡匣B1 會朝箭號N5方向揺動。此時,顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10是成為彼此僅距離δ8取間隙離間的狀態。 Fig. 28(b) shows a state in which the drive-side device pressing member 150 is moved by a distance δ7 in the direction of the arrow N8. As the driving side device pressing member 150 moves in the direction of arrow N8, the separated surface 70g of the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 and the first abutting surface 150a of the driving side device pressing member 150 abut. At this time, since the regulation abutment portion 70e of the drive-side abutment and release lever 70 and the regulation portion 36b of the drive-side bearing member 36 abut, the developing cassette B1 moves in the direction of the arrow N8. Here, the details are described later with reference to FIG. 41. The imaging cassette B1 is positioned to be slidable with respect to the drive side plate 90 in the direction of arrow N3 and arrow N4, and is movably supported by arrow N5 and arrow N5. The driving side swing guide 80 in the direction of No. N6. Therefore, as the driving-side device pressing member 150 moves in the direction of the arrow N8, the developing cartridge B1 is moved in the direction of the arrow N5. At this time, the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 are in a state of being separated by a gap of only the distance δ8 from each other.
非驅動側也與驅動側同樣的構成,如圖29(b)及圖29(d)所示般,在非驅動側抵接離間桿72與非驅動側裝置推壓構件151抵接的狀態下,非驅動側裝置推壓構件151僅距離δh7移動於箭號NH8的方向。藉此,顯像卡匣B1會以搖動引導81的被支撐凸部81g作為中心轉動至箭號N5方向,顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10為彼此僅距離δ8離間的構成。 The non-driving side also has the same structure as the driving side, as shown in Figure 29 (b) and Figure 29 (d), in a state where the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 is in contact with the non-driving side device pressing member 151 , The non-driving side device pressing member 151 moves in the direction of the arrow NH8 by a distance δh7. Thereby, the developing cartridge B1 rotates to the direction of arrow N5 with the supported convex portion 81g of the rocking guide 81 as the center, and the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 are configured to be separated by only a distance of δ8 from each other.
如此,依據設在裝置本體A1的驅動側裝置推壓構件150及非驅動側裝置推壓構件151的位置,因應所需,選擇感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13的接觸狀態、或離間狀態。 In this way, depending on the positions of the driving side device pressing member 150 and the non-driving side device pressing member 151 provided in the main body A1 of the apparatus, the contact state or the separated state of the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 can be selected as required.
又,如圖27(a)等所示般,驅動側抵接離間桿70是由顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸方向L0來看,且在驅動側抵接離間桿70所位置的剖面上,以能夠形成顯像卡匣B1的外形之方式,從顯像容器16突出。因此,可容易進行驅動側抵接離間桿70與驅動側裝置推壓構件150的卡合。並且,成為可利用驅動側抵接離間桿70的一零件來將顯像卡匣B1移動於抵接位置及離間位置的構成。另外,有關非驅動側也是同樣。 Also, as shown in FIG. 27(a) and the like, the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 is viewed from the rotation axis direction L0 of the developing roller 13, and on the cross section where the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 is located, The way in which the external shape of the developing cartridge B1 can be formed protrudes from the developing container 16. Therefore, it is possible to easily engage the drive-side abutment and release lever 70 and the drive-side device pressing member 150. In addition, it becomes a structure that can move the developing cartridge B1 to the abutment position and the separation position by using a part of the driving-side abutment and separation lever 70. In addition, the same applies to the non-driving side.
並且,從圖27(a)所示的顯像滾輪10與感光鼓13的抵接狀態往圖28(b)所示的顯像滾輪10與感光鼓13的離間狀態遷移時,驅動側搖動引導80與顯像卡匣B1是一體轉動。因此,耦合桿55的引導部55e是被維持從耦合構 件180的被引導部180d退避的狀態(參照圖28(b))。 And, when moving from the contact state between the developing roller 10 and the photosensitive drum 13 shown in Figure 27 (a) to the separated state between the developing roller 10 and the photosensitive drum 13 shown in Figure 28 (b), the driving side swings the guide 80 and the imaging cassette B1 rotate together. Therefore, the guide portion 55e of the coupling rod 55 is maintained in a retracted state from the guided portion 180d of the coupling member 180 (see Fig. 28(b)).
而且,如圖28(b)所示般,當顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10處於離間的狀態時,耦合構件180的被引導部180d是與耦合彈簧185的引導部185d抵接。藉此,耦合構件180接受力F1,取前述的第一傾斜姿勢D1的姿勢。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 28( b ), when the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 are in a separated state, the guided portion 180 d of the coupling member 180 abuts the guide portion 185 d of the coupling spring 185. Thereby, the coupling member 180 receives the force F1 and takes the posture of the aforementioned first inclined posture D1.
如以上說明般,在驅動側抵接離間桿70、非驅動側抵接離間桿72分別具有被加壓面(第一抵接面70a、72a)及被離間面(第二抵接面70g、72g)。加壓面(第二抵接面150b、151b)及離間面(150a、151a)會分別作用於該等驅動側裝置推壓構件150、非驅動側裝置推壓構件151。藉此,在驅動側抵接離間桿70、非驅動側抵接離間桿72的各單一零件,可因應所需選擇感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13的抵接狀態或離間狀態(參照圖27(a)及圖28)。其結果,顯像卡匣B1的構成的簡易化為可能。又,由於可在單一零件控制抵接狀態或離間狀態,因此例如從抵接狀態遷移至離間狀態時的時機也可高精度化。 As described above, the driving side abutting and separating rod 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 respectively have a pressurized surface (first contact surface 70a, 72a) and a separated surface (second contact surface 70g, 72g). The pressing surface (the second abutting surface 150b, 151b) and the separating surface (150a, 151a) act on the driving side device pressing member 150 and the non-driving side device pressing member 151, respectively. In this way, the individual parts of the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 can be selected according to the needs of the contact state or the separated state of the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 (refer to FIG. 27 ( a) and Figure 28). As a result, it is possible to simplify the structure of the developing cassette B1. In addition, since the contact state or the separated state can be controlled by a single component, the timing when transitioning from the contact state to the separated state can also be made with high accuracy, for example.
又,如圖24所示般,驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72是分別獨立設在顯像卡匣B1的長邊方向兩端部。因此,無須在長邊方向設置抵接離間桿,所以可使顯像卡匣B1小型化(圖24的領域Y1)。隨之,可將領域Y1空間利用在裝置本體A1的構成零件,因此也可使裝置本體A1的小型化。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 24, the driving-side abutting and separating lever 70 and the non-driving-side abutting and separating lever 72 are independently provided at both ends of the developing cassette B1 in the longitudinal direction. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide an abutting and separating rod in the longitudinal direction, so that the developing cassette B1 can be miniaturized (area Y1 in FIG. 24). Along with this, the area Y1 space can be used for the component parts of the device body A1, and therefore the device body A1 can also be miniaturized.
<與從抵接狀態往離間狀態的動作連動的耦合構件的動作> <The action of the coupling member linked to the action from the abutting state to the separated state>
其次,利用圖30及圖31來說明有關和感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13的抵接動作及離間動作連動的耦合構件180的動作。 Next, the operation of the coupling member 180 related to the contact operation and the separation operation of the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 30 and 31.
首先,說明有關顯像卡匣B1從離間狀態往抵接狀態移動時之耦合構件180與本體側驅動構件100的卡合解除動作。 First, the disengagement operation of the coupling member 180 and the main body side driving member 100 when the developing cartridge B1 is moved from the separated state to the abutting state will be described.
圖30是表示顯像抵接狀態及顯像離間狀態的耦合構件180、及本體驅動構件100的卡合狀態的說明圖。 FIG. 30 is an explanatory diagram showing the engaged state of the coupling member 180 and the main body drive member 100 in a developing abutting state and a developing separated state.
圖31是表示顯像抵接狀態及顯像離間狀態的耦合構件180、及本體驅動構件100的卡合狀態,由驅動側側面來看的說明圖。 FIG. 31 is an explanatory view showing the engaged state of the coupling member 180 and the main body drive member 100 in the developing abutting state and the developing separated state, as viewed from the side of the driving side.
畫像形成中是如圖31(a)所示般,驅動側抵接離間桿70會藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150來以彈壓力F11推壓。並且,顯像卡匣B1的顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10會處於以預定壓接觸的顯像抵接狀態。又,如圖30(a)所示般,耦合構件180是基準姿勢D0的姿勢。此時,顯像卡匣B1是位於耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a與本體側驅動構件100的旋轉力賦予部100a會卡合的卡合位置。顯像卡匣B1是處於可藉由旋轉的馬達(未圖示)的力來從本體側驅動構件100往耦合構件180驅動傳達的狀態。 In the image formation, as shown in FIG. 31(a), the drive-side abutment and release lever 70 is pressed by the drive-side device pressing member 150 with the elastic force F11. In addition, the developing roller 13 of the developing cartridge B1 and the photosensitive drum 10 are in a developing contact state in which they are in contact with each other at a predetermined pressure. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 30(a), the coupling member 180 is the posture of the reference posture D0. At this time, the developing cassette B1 is located at an engagement position where the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 and the rotational force applying portion 100a of the main body side drive member 100 will engage. The imaging cassette B1 is in a state that can be driven and transmitted from the main body side driving member 100 to the coupling member 180 by the force of a rotating motor (not shown).
而且,耦合桿55的引導部55e是被保持於完全從耦合構件180的被引導部180b退避的狀態(參照圖11)。這是因為如前述般,耦合桿55的旋轉規制部55y會抵接於驅動側搖動引導80的衝突部80y,以其旋轉軸線L11為 中心的箭號X11方向的旋轉會被規制(同樣參照圖11)。 Furthermore, the guide portion 55e of the coupling rod 55 is held in a state completely retracted from the guided portion 180b of the coupling member 180 (refer to FIG. 11). This is because as described above, the rotation regulating portion 55y of the coupling lever 55 abuts against the conflicting portion 80y of the driving side rocking guide 80, and the rotation in the arrow X11 direction centered on the rotation axis L11 is regulated (see also the figure) 11).
其次,說明有關顯像卡匣B1從顯像抵接狀態移動至顯像離間狀態的過程的耦合構件180的姿勢。 Next, the posture of the coupling member 180 related to the process of moving the development cartridge B1 from the development contact state to the development separation state will be described.
一旦畫像形成終了,則如圖31(b)所示般,驅動側裝置推壓構件150及非驅動側裝置推壓構件151(未圖示)會往箭號N8方向移動。一旦驅動側裝置推壓構件150往箭號N8方向移動,則驅動側抵接離間桿70會藉由驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓力來往箭號N10方向轉動(參照圖28(b))。驅動側裝置推壓構件150會從驅動側抵接離間桿70的抵接規制部70e與驅動側顯像軸承36的定位部36b抵接的狀態更往箭號N8方向移動。於是,顯像卡匣B1與驅動側搖動引導80會成為一體而以驅動側搖動引導80的被支撐凸部80g為中心轉動至箭號N5方向。並且,非驅動側也同樣,顯像卡匣B1與非驅動側搖動引導81也成為一體而以驅動側搖動引導81的被支撐凸部81g為中心轉動至箭號N5方向(未圖示)。藉此,成為顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10分離的顯像離間狀態。因為顯像卡匣B1與驅動側搖動引導80是成為一體來移動,所以即使在圖31(b)所示的狀態中,耦合桿55的引導部55e還是會被保持於完全從耦合構件180的被引導部180b退避的狀態。這是因為如前述般,衝突部80y是與驅動側搖動引導80一體形成(參照圖20)。另一方面,在耦合構件180是藉由耦合彈簧185來使彈壓力作用。因此,如圖30(b)所示般,隨著顯像卡匣B1從抵接狀態往離間狀態移動,耦合構件180 的軸線L2是從基準姿勢D0的狀態往第一傾斜姿勢D1的方向慢慢地傾斜。然後,顯像卡匣B1更轉動至箭號N5方向,形成圖31(c)的狀態時,耦合構件180的傾斜移動終了。此時,如前述般,耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e是卡合於驅動側顯像軸承36的第一傾斜規制部36kb1(參照圖11),耦合構件180的軸線L2是被保持於第一傾斜姿勢D1。如前述般,耦合構件180的第一傾斜姿勢D1是耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a會朝向裝置本體A1的本體側驅動構件100的方向之姿勢。在圖31(c)所示的狀態,顯像卡匣B1是位於解除耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a與本體驅動構件100的旋轉力賦予部100a的卡合之解除位置。因此,馬達(未圖示)的力是處於未從本體驅動構件100往耦合構件驅動傳達的狀態。 Once the image formation is completed, as shown in FIG. 31(b), the driving side device pressing member 150 and the non-driving side device pressing member 151 (not shown) move in the direction of the arrow N8. Once the drive side device pressing member 150 moves in the direction of arrow N8, the drive side abutment and release lever 70 will be rotated in the direction of arrow N10 by the elastic force of the drive side developing pressure spring 71 (see Figure 28(b)) ). The driving-side device pressing member 150 moves further in the direction of the arrow N8 from the state where the abutment regulating portion 70e of the driving-side abutting and separating lever 70 is in contact with the positioning portion 36b of the driving-side developing bearing 36. Then, the developing cassette B1 and the driving-side rocking guide 80 are integrated, and are rotated to the arrow N5 direction with the supported convex portion 80g of the driving-side rocking guide 80 as the center. The same applies to the non-driving side, and the developing cassette B1 and the non-driving side rocking guide 81 are also integrated and pivoted in the arrow N5 direction (not shown) around the supported convex portion 81g of the driving side rocking guide 81 as the center. In this way, the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 are separated from the developing state. Because the developing cassette B1 and the driving side rocking guide 80 are integrated to move, even in the state shown in FIG. 31(b), the guide portion 55e of the coupling rod 55 is still held completely from the coupling member 180 The state of being retracted by the guided portion 180b. This is because the collision portion 80y is formed integrally with the driving side swing guide 80 as described above (refer to FIG. 20). On the other hand, in the coupling member 180, the elastic force is acted on by the coupling spring 185. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 30(b), as the developing cartridge B1 moves from the abutted state to the separated state, the axis L2 of the coupling member 180 slows down from the state of the reference position D0 to the first inclined position D1 Tilt slowly. Then, the developing cassette B1 is further rotated to the direction of the arrow N5, and when the state shown in FIG. 31(c) is formed, the tilting movement of the coupling member 180 ends. At this time, as described above, the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180 is engaged with the first tilt regulating portion 36kb1 of the drive side developing bearing 36 (refer to FIG. 11), and the axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is held on the first An inclined posture D1. As described above, the first inclined posture D1 of the coupling member 180 is a posture in which the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 faces the main body side driving member 100 of the device main body A1. In the state shown in FIG. 31(c), the developing cassette B1 is located at a position to release the engagement between the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 and the rotational force applying portion 100a of the main body drive member 100. Therefore, the force of the motor (not shown) is in a state of not being driven and transmitted from the main body driving member 100 to the coupling member.
在本實施例中,顯像卡匣B1是圖31(a)所示的狀態為畫像形成時的姿勢。耦合構件180與本體驅動構件100會卡合,從裝置本體A1輸入驅動力。然後,如前述般,顯像卡匣B1從圖31(a)所示的狀態移動至圖31(b)及圖31(c)所示的狀態時,成為耦合構件180與本體驅動構件100的卡合會被解除的構成。換言之,在顯像卡匣B1從抵接狀態往離間狀態移動的過程,成為從裝置本體A1往顯像卡匣B1的驅動輸入會被切斷的構成。然後,顯像卡匣B1是在顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10離間的期間,裝置本體A1的本體驅動構件100是旋轉著。因此,成為可使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10一邊旋轉一邊離間的構成。 In this embodiment, the developing cassette B1 is in the state shown in FIG. 31(a) when the image is formed. The coupling member 180 engages with the main body driving member 100 to input driving force from the device main body A1. Then, as described above, when the developing cartridge B1 moves from the state shown in FIG. 31(a) to the state shown in FIGS. 31(b) and 31(c), it becomes the coupling member 180 and the main body drive member 100. The structure that the card will be released. In other words, in the process of moving the developing cartridge B1 from the abutting state to the separated state, the drive input from the main body A1 of the apparatus to the developing cartridge B1 is cut off. Then, when the developing cartridge B1 is separated from the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10, the main body driving member 100 of the main body A1 of the apparatus is rotating. Therefore, the development roller 13 can be separated from the photosensitive drum 10 while rotating.
<與從抵接狀態往離間狀態的動作連動的耦合構件的動作> <The action of the coupling member linked to the action from the abutting state to the separated state>
其次,說明有關顯像卡匣B1從抵接狀態往離間狀態移動時,耦合構件180與本體側驅動構件100的卡合動作。 Next, the engagement operation of the coupling member 180 and the main body-side driving member 100 when the developing cartridge B1 is moved from the abutted state to the separated state will be described.
顯像卡匣B1的顯像抵接動作是與前述的顯像離間動作相反的動作。在圖31(b)所示的狀態中,顯像卡匣B1是位於解除耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a與本體驅動構件100的旋轉力賦予部100a的卡合之解除位置。圖33(b)所示的狀態是驅動側裝置推壓構件150及非驅動側裝置推壓構件151從圖31(c)所示的狀態往箭號N7方向移動的狀態。藉由前述的驅動側彈壓手段76(參照圖25、及圖27)的彈壓力,顯像卡匣B1與驅動側搖動引導80會成為一體而轉動至箭號N6方向。並且,非驅動側也同樣。藉此,顯像卡匣B1是從離間狀態往抵接狀態移動。圖30(b)是顯像卡匣B1從離間狀態往抵接狀態移動的途中的階段。並且,耦合構件180的圓環部180f與本體側驅動構件100為抵接的狀態。具體而言,被配置於耦合構件180的圓環部180f的內側之作為凹部的圓錐部180g與被配置於本體側驅動構件100的軸前端的凸部100g會抵接。從圖30(c)所示的狀態到圖30(b)所示的狀態,耦合構件180的旋轉軸線L2會傾斜至本體側驅動構件100的方向,因此耦合構件180與本體側驅動軸100可容易卡合。 The development contact action of the development cassette B1 is the opposite action to the aforementioned development separation action. In the state shown in FIG. 31(b), the developing cassette B1 is located at a position to release the engagement between the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 and the rotational force applying portion 100a of the main body drive member 100. The state shown in FIG. 33(b) is a state in which the driving-side device pressing member 150 and the non-driving-side device pressing member 151 are moved in the direction of the arrow N7 from the state shown in FIG. 31(c). By the elastic force of the aforementioned driving-side elastic means 76 (refer to FIG. 25 and FIG. 27), the developing cassette B1 and the driving-side rocking guide 80 are integrated and rotated to the arrow N6 direction. The same applies to the non-driving side. Thereby, the developing cassette B1 is moved from the separated state to the abutted state. Fig. 30(b) is a stage in the process of moving the developing cartridge B1 from the separated state to the abutted state. In addition, the ring portion 180f of the coupling member 180 is in a contact state with the main body side drive member 100. Specifically, the conical portion 180g, which is a concave portion, which is arranged inside the annular portion 180f of the coupling member 180, and the convex portion 100g which is arranged on the shaft end of the main body-side drive member 100, come into contact with each other. From the state shown in FIG. 30(c) to the state shown in FIG. 30(b), the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 180 is inclined to the direction of the body-side drive member 100, so the coupling member 180 and the body-side drive shaft 100 can be Easy to click.
若更使驅動側裝置推壓構件150及非驅動側裝置推壓 構件151從圖30(b)所示的狀態往箭號N7方向移動,則如圖30(a)所示般,耦合構件180與本體驅動構件100的卡合完了。 If the driving side device pressing member 150 and the non-driving side device pressing member 151 are moved from the state shown in FIG. 30(b) to the direction of arrow N7, the coupling member 180 is shown in FIG. 30(a). The engagement with the main body driving member 100 is complete.
此時,顯像卡匣B1是位於耦合構件180的旋轉力承受部180a與本體驅動構件100的旋轉力賦予部100a會卡合的卡合位置,且耦合構件180是成為基準姿勢D0的姿勢。耦合構件180從第一傾斜姿勢D1往基準姿勢D0姿勢變化的過程是與先前敘述,將顯像卡匣B1往裝置本體A1安裝時,耦合構件180從第二傾斜姿勢D2往基準姿勢D0姿勢變化的過程同樣(參照圖21)。 At this time, the developing cassette B1 is located at an engagement position where the rotational force receiving portion 180a of the coupling member 180 and the rotational force applying portion 100a of the main body drive member 100 will engage, and the coupling member 180 is in the posture of the reference posture D0. The process of changing the posture of the coupling member 180 from the first inclined posture D1 to the reference posture D0 is the same as previously described. When the developing cartridge B1 is installed to the main body A1 of the device, the coupling member 180 changes from the second inclined posture D2 to the reference posture D0. The process is the same (refer to Figure 21).
並且,本實施例是在比耦合構件180與本體驅動構件100的卡合開始之圖31(b)所示的狀態更之前,先藉由裝置本體A1的驅動訊號來使本體驅動構件100旋轉。藉此,在顯像卡匣B1從圖31(c)所示的狀態移動至圖31(b)及圖31(a)所示的狀態的途中,耦合構件180與本體驅動構件100會卡合,成為驅動被輸入至顯像卡匣B1的構成。換言之,在顯像卡匣B1從離間狀態往抵接狀態移動的過程,成為驅動從裝置本體A1輸入至顯像卡匣B1的構成。這是因為在驅動側抵接離間桿70與非驅動側抵接離間桿72的移動方向之N9方向(參照圖27)耦合構件150形成可移動的構成。在顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10抵接之前,裝置本體A1的本體驅動構件100是旋轉。結果,成為使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10可一邊旋轉一邊抵接的構成。藉此,當顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10接觸時,由於可減 少感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13的各自的周面的速度差,因此可減少感光鼓10及顯像滾輪13消耗。 In addition, in this embodiment, before the state shown in FIG. 31(b) when the coupling member 180 and the main body driving member 100 are engaged, the main body driving member 100 is rotated by the driving signal of the main body A1. Thereby, when the developing cartridge B1 moves from the state shown in FIG. 31(c) to the state shown in FIGS. 31(b) and 31(a), the coupling member 180 and the main body drive member 100 will engage , The drive is input to the developing cartridge B1. In other words, in the process of moving the developing cartridge B1 from the separated state to the abutting state, the drive is input from the main body A1 of the apparatus to the developing cartridge B1. This is because the coupling member 150 is configured to be movable in the N9 direction (refer to FIG. 27) of the moving direction of the driving side abutting and separating rod 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72. Before the developing roller 13 abuts the photosensitive drum 10, the main body driving member 100 of the apparatus main body A1 is rotated. As a result, the development roller 13 can contact the photosensitive drum 10 while rotating. Thereby, when the developing roller 13 is in contact with the photosensitive drum 10, the speed difference between the respective peripheral surfaces of the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 can be reduced, so that the consumption of the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 can be reduced.
在此,當裝置本體A1所具備的馬達為單一時,為了一邊對感光鼓10傳達旋轉力,一邊遮斷往顯像滾輪13傳達旋轉力,而須離合器(clutch)機構。亦即,在從馬達往顯像滾輪13傳達旋轉力的驅動傳達機構需要設置可選擇性地遮斷驅動傳達的離合器機構。但,本實施例是在顯像卡匣B1從抵接狀態往離間狀態移動的過程,或從離間狀態往抵接狀態移動的過程,選擇耦合構件180與本體側驅動構件100的卡合及卡合解除。因此,無須在裝置本體A1或顯像卡匣B1設置離合器機構,可形成更便宜且省空間的顯像卡匣B1、裝置本體A1。 Here, when the motor included in the apparatus body A1 is single, a clutch mechanism is required in order to transmit the rotational force to the photosensitive drum 10 while blocking the transmission of the rotational force to the developing roller 13. That is, it is necessary to provide a clutch mechanism capable of selectively blocking the drive transmission in the drive transmission mechanism that transmits the rotational force from the motor to the developing roller 13. However, in this embodiment, in the process of moving the developing cartridge B1 from the abutting state to the separated state, or the process of moving from the separated state to the abutting state, the coupling member 180 and the main body side driving member 100 are selected for engagement and engagement. Closed. Therefore, there is no need to provide a clutch mechanism in the device body A1 or the development cassette B1, and a cheaper and space-saving development cassette B1 and the device body A1 can be formed.
(驅動側抵接離間桿被離間面的抵接) (The driving side abutting and separating rod is abutted by the separating surface)
如圖41(a)所示般,驅動側抵接離間桿70是具有由第一突出部70f的突出方向的前端部70p突出至顯像滾輪13側的被離間面70g。別的看法,第一突出部70f是前端為彎曲至顯像滾輪13側的形狀,在此彎曲的前部分設有被離間面70g。 As shown in FIG. 41(a), the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 has a separated surface 70g that protrudes from the tip portion 70p in the protruding direction of the first protruding portion 70f to the developing roller 13 side. From another point of view, the first protrusion 70f has a shape with a front end curved to the side of the developing roller 13, and a separated surface 70g is provided at the curved front part.
圖41是被離間面70g的突出有無的說明圖。圖41(a)表示具有由第一突出部70f的突出側的前端部70p突出至顯像滾輪13側的被離間面70g之本實施例。圖41(b)是圖41(a)的驅動側抵接離間桿70周邊擴大圖。圖41(c)是具有未由第一突出部70f的突出方向的前端部70p突出至顯像 滾輪13側的被離間面470g之例。圖41(d)是表示圖41(c)的驅動側抵接離間桿470周邊擴大圖。 Fig. 41 is an explanatory diagram of the presence or absence of protrusion of the separated surface 70g. FIG. 41(a) shows the present embodiment having a separated surface 70g protruding from the front end portion 70p on the protruding side of the first protruding portion 70f to the developing roller 13 side. FIG. 41(b) is an enlarged view of the periphery of the driving side abutment and separation lever 70 of FIG. 41(a). Fig. 41(c) is an example having a separated surface 470g that does not protrude from the tip portion 70p in the protruding direction of the first protruding portion 70f to the developing roller 13 side. Fig. 41(d) is an enlarged view showing the periphery of the driving side abutment and separation lever 470 of Fig. 41(c).
如圖41所示般,驅動側裝置推壓構件150、驅動側抵接離間桿70的被離間面70g及驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a會抵接,顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10會持δ8的間隙而離間。 As shown in FIG. 41, the driving side device pressing member 150, the separated surface 70g of the driving side abutting and separating lever 70, and the first contact surface 150a of the driving side device pressing member 150 are in contact with each other, and the developing roller 13 It is separated from the photosensitive drum 10 with a gap of δ8.
在此,如圖41(a)、圖41(b)所示般,將驅動側抵接離間桿70在被離間面70g與驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a接觸的點設為接觸點70q。將驅動側裝置推壓構件150在第一抵接面150a與驅動側抵接離間桿70的被離間面70g接觸的點設為接觸點150q。 Here, as shown in FIG. 41(a) and FIG. 41(b), the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 is at the point where the separated surface 70g contacts the first abutting surface 150a of the driving side device pressing member 150 Set as contact point 70q. The point where the drive-side device pressing member 150 contacts the separated surface 70g of the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 on the first contact surface 150a is referred to as a contact point 150q.
如圖41(b)所示般,驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a是由接觸點150q對驅動側抵接離間桿70的被離間面70g賦予離間力F17。因此,驅動側抵接離間桿70的被離間面70g是在接觸點70q接受反力F18。此時,反力F18是被分成:與第一抵接面150a平行的分力F19、及與第一抵接面150a垂直的分力F20。 As shown in FIG. 41(b), the first contact surface 150a of the drive-side device pressing member 150 applies a separation force F17 to the separated surface 70g of the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 from the contact point 150q. Therefore, the deviated surface 70g of the driving side abutting the deviating lever 70 receives the reaction force F18 at the contact point 70q. At this time, the reaction force F18 is divided into a component force F19 parallel to the first contact surface 150a and a component force F20 perpendicular to the first contact surface 150a.
分力F19的方向是對於驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a,為平行的方向,因此驅動側抵接離間桿70是被離間面70g會一邊抵接於驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a,一邊在分力19的方向受力。 The direction of the component force F19 is parallel to the first contact surface 150a of the drive side device pressing member 150. Therefore, the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 is pressed by the separation surface 70g while abutting against the drive side device. One side of the first contact surface 150a of the member 150 receives force in the direction of the component force 19.
在此,如圖41(a)所示般,顯像卡匣B1是在驅動側側板(未圖示)被定位於以被支撐凸部80g為中心可搖動於箭號N5、箭號N6方向的驅動側搖動引導80。而且,而 且,在顯像滾輪13抵接於感光鼓10時,驅動側搖動引導80是對於驅動側側板(未圖示)可滑動地被支撐於箭號N3方向、箭號N4方向,而使顯像滾輪13的軸對於感光鼓10的軸能夠平行地修正。由於非驅動側也同樣,因此顯像卡匣B1是以被支撐凸部80g為中心,可旋轉於箭號N6方向,可滑動於箭號N3方向、箭號N4方向。 Here, as shown in FIG. 41(a), the imaging cassette B1 is positioned on the drive side side plate (not shown) so that it can swing in the direction of arrow N5 and arrow N6 with the supported convex portion 80g as the center. The drive side of the rocking guide 80. Moreover, when the developing roller 13 abuts on the photosensitive drum 10, the driving side rocking guide 80 is slidably supported on the driving side side plate (not shown) in the arrow N3 direction and the arrow N4 direction, so that The axis of the developing roller 13 can be corrected in parallel with the axis of the photosensitive drum 10. Since the non-drive side is also the same, the developing cassette B1 is centered on the supported convex portion 80g, and can be rotated in the direction of arrow N6, and can be slid in the direction of arrow N3 and arrow N4.
而且,如前述般,驅動側抵接離間桿70是驅動側抵接離間桿70的規制抵接部70e與驅動側軸承構件36的規制部36b會抵接而決定驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置。因此,顯像卡匣B1是藉由驅動側抵接離間桿70接受分力F19,以被支撐凸部80g為中心,所欲旋轉於箭號N5方向,滑動於箭號11方向。 Furthermore, as described above, the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 is determined by which the regulated abutment portion 70e of the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 and the regulation portion 36b of the drive-side bearing member 36 abut to determine the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 position. Therefore, the imaging cassette B1 receives the component force F19 through the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70, with the supported convex portion 80g as the center, it wants to rotate in the direction of the arrow N5 and slide in the direction of the arrow 11.
因此,驅動側抵接離間桿70是所欲移動至分力F19方向。此移動方向是驅動側抵接離間桿70對於驅動側裝置推壓構件150移動至第一抵接面150a的底側之方向,成為驅動側抵接離間桿70藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150來卡合的方向。 Therefore, the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 moves to the direction of the component force F19 as desired. This movement direction is the direction in which the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 moves to the bottom side of the first abutment surface 150a with respect to the drive-side device pushing member 150, and becomes the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 by the drive-side device pushing member 150 Come the direction of the snap.
另一方面,如圖41(d)所示般,驅動側裝置推壓構件450的第一抵接面450a是接觸點450q對驅動側抵接離間桿470的被離間面470g賦予離間力F21。因此,在驅動側抵接離間桿470的被離間面470g的接觸點470q接受反力F22。此時,反力F22是被分成:與被離間面470g平行的分力F23、及與被離間面470g垂直的分力F24。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 41(d), the first contact surface 450a of the drive side device pressing member 450 is a contact point 450q that imparts a separating force F21 to the separated surface 470g of the drive side contact and separation lever 470. Therefore, the contact point 470q of the separated surface 470g that abuts against the separation lever 470 on the driving side receives the reaction force F22. At this time, the reaction force F22 is divided into a component force F23 parallel to the separated surface 470g, and a component force F24 perpendicular to the separated surface 470g.
驅動側抵接離間桿470是驅動側抵接離間桿470的規 制抵接部470e與驅動側軸承構件436的規制部436b會抵接而決定驅動側抵接離間桿470與驅動側軸承構件436的位置。因此,顯像卡匣B1是藉由驅動側抵接離間桿470接受分力F23,以被支撐凸部80g為中心,所欲旋轉於箭號N5方向,滑動於箭號N4方向。 The drive-side abutment and separation lever 470 is determined by the regulation abutment portion 470e of the drive-side abutment and separation lever 470 and the regulation portion 436b of the drive-side bearing member 436 abutting to determine the drive-side abutment and separation lever 470 and the drive-side bearing member 436 position. Therefore, the imaging cassette B1 receives the component force F23 through the drive side abutting and separating lever 470, and centering on the supported convex portion 80g, it rotates in the direction of the arrow N5 and slides in the direction of the arrow N4.
因而,驅動側抵接離間桿470是所欲移動至分力F23方向。為此,驅動側抵接離間桿470是在第一突出部470f的突出方向的前端部470p側,抵接於驅動側裝置推壓構件450的第一抵接面450a,驅動側抵接離間桿470對於驅動側裝置推壓構件450的卡合量變少。 Therefore, the drive-side abutment and separation lever 470 moves to the direction of the component force F23 as desired. For this reason, the drive side abutment and release lever 470 is on the front end 470p side of the first protrusion 470f in the protruding direction, abuts on the first abutment surface 450a of the drive side device pressing member 450, and the drive side abuts the release The engagement amount of 470 with the drive side device pressing member 450 is reduced.
因此,驅動側抵接離間桿470是僅分力F23方向的移動量,需要擴大第一突出部470f的突出量,空間成為必要。 Therefore, the drive-side abutment and separation lever 470 is only the amount of movement in the direction of the component force F23, and the protrusion amount of the first protrusion 470f needs to be enlarged, and space is necessary.
藉由該等,具有比第一突出部70f的突出方向的前端部70p還突出至顯像滾輪13側的被離間面70g時,可設定縮小卡合量。亦即,此情況,相較於未具有突出的被離間面70g的情況,當顯像滾輪13從感光鼓10離間時,驅動側抵接離間桿70會藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150卡合。其結果,即使將卡合量設定更小,驅動側抵接離間桿70還是與驅動側裝置本體構件150保持卡合狀態。若縮小驅動側抵接離間桿70與驅動側裝置推壓構件150的卡合量小,則會連帶著顯像卡匣B1的小型化。 With this, when the tip portion 70p having the protruding direction of the first protruding portion 70f protrudes to the separated surface 70g on the side of the developing roller 13, the engagement amount can be reduced. That is, in this case, compared to the case where the protruding separated surface 70g is not provided, when the developing roller 13 is separated from the photosensitive drum 10, the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 is clamped by the drive side device pressing member 150 Together. As a result, even if the engagement amount is set to be smaller, the drive-side abutment and release lever 70 maintains the engaged state with the drive-side device body member 150. If the amount of engagement between the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 and the drive-side device pressing member 150 is reduced, the size of the developing cassette B1 will be reduced.
<驅動側抵接離間桿70與驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71、及驅 動側顯像軸承36的規制部36b的配置所產生的效果> <Effects produced by the arrangement of the driving-side abutting and separating lever 70, the driving-side developing pressure spring 71, and the regulating portion 36b of the driving-side developing bearing 36>
如至此說明般,驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓力F10是成為藉由驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71在驅動側抵接離間桿70的第三抵接面70c與驅動側顯像軸承36的抵接面36d之間被壓縮而產生的構成(參照圖1)。並且,有關非驅動側也是同樣。 As explained so far, the urging force F10 of the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 is used by the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 to contact the third contact surface 70c of the spacer 70 and the drive-side development bearing on the drive side. The structure produced by the compression between the contact surfaces 36d of 36 (refer to FIG. 1). The same applies to the non-driving side.
特別是在顯像加壓時,是成為利用彈壓力F10a來將顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10抵接的構成(參照圖27),該彈壓力F10a是藉由驅動側抵接離間桿70以驅動側顯像軸承36的支撐部36c為中心旋轉於箭號N9方向而產生。 Especially when developing pressurization, the development roller 13 is contacted with the photosensitive drum 10 by the elastic force F10a (refer to FIG. 27). The elastic force F10a is caused by the drive side abutting against the separating rod 70. The support portion 36c of the drive-side developing bearing 36 is generated by rotating the center in the arrow N9 direction.
並且,在顯像離間時,利用彈壓力F10來使驅動側抵接離間桿70以驅動側顯像軸承36的支撐部36c的凸台為中心旋轉於箭號N10方向,使驅動側抵接離間桿70的規制抵接部70e與驅動側顯像軸承36的規制部36b抵接。藉此,驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置會被規制。而且,一邊驅動側抵接離間桿70的第二抵接面70b與驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a會抵接,一邊驅動側裝置推壓構件150會往箭號N8方向移動。藉此,顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10成為離間的構成(參照圖28(b))。亦即,成為使用顯像加壓時利用的驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71來規制顯像離間時的驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置之構成。 In addition, when developing the image separation, the elastic force F10 is used to make the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 rotate in the direction of arrow N10 with the boss of the support portion 36c of the drive side development bearing 36 as the center, so that the drive side abuts and separates the space. The regulation abutment portion 70 e of the rod 70 abuts the regulation portion 36 b of the drive-side development bearing 36. In this way, the position where the drive side abuts against the spacer 70 is regulated. Also, while the second abutting surface 70b of the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 and the first abutment surface 150a of the drive-side device pressing member 150 abut, the drive-side device pressing member 150 moves in the direction of arrow N8. mobile. Thereby, the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 have a separate structure (refer to FIG. 28(b)). That is, the drive side development pressurizing spring 71 used during development pressure is used to regulate the position of the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 during development separation.
尤其顯像卡匣B1是對於裝置本體A1可裝卸的構成,為了使驅動側抵接離間桿70與驅動側裝置推壓構件150(參照圖25)確實地卡合,最好精度佳地定位驅動側抵 接離間桿70的位置。因為當驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置精度差時,例如需要進行以下那樣的對應,使驅動側抵接離間桿70與驅動側裝置推壓構件150卡合。 In particular, the imaging cassette B1 is detachable from the device body A1. In order to ensure that the drive-side abutment and release lever 70 engages with the drive-side device pressing member 150 (refer to FIG. 25), it is best to position the drive accurately. The side abuts against the position of the spacer 70. This is because when the position accuracy of the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 is poor, for example, it is necessary to perform the following correspondence to engage the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 and the drive-side device pressing member 150.
1.將驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a與第二抵接面150b的距離(間隙)設成更大。 1. The distance (gap) between the first abutting surface 150a and the second abutting surface 150b of the drive-side device pressing member 150 is set to be larger.
2.將驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一抵接面70a與第二抵接面70b的距離(厚度)設成更小。 2. Set the distance (thickness) between the first abutment surface 70a and the second abutment surface 70b of the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 to be smaller.
但,該等的對應是裝置本體A1的驅動側裝置推壓構件150之往N8及N9方向的移動量會增大,結果造成裝置本體A1大型化。 However, the correspondence is that the amount of movement of the drive-side device pressing member 150 of the device body A1 in the N8 and N9 directions will increase, resulting in an increase in the size of the device body A1.
若根據本構成,則成為使用顯像加壓時所利用的驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71來規制將顯像卡匣B1往裝置本體A1安裝時的驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置之構成。可貢獻裝置本體A1的小型化,且亦可精度佳地控制使感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13離間的時機或顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10的離間量。 According to this structure, the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 used when developing pressurization is used to regulate the position of the drive-side abutment lever 70 when the developing cartridge B1 is mounted to the main body A1 of the device. . It can contribute to the miniaturization of the device body A1, and can also accurately control the timing of separating the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 or the amount of separation of the developing roller 13 from the photosensitive drum 10.
若根據本構成,則成為可在顯像離間時及顯像卡匣B1的安裝時也使用顯像加壓時所利用的驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71來精度佳地定位顯像離間時的驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置之構成。並且,為了規制驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置,而使用顯像加壓時所利用的驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71,因此不須特別新的零件。 According to this structure, it is possible to accurately position the development gap by using the drive-side development pressure spring 71 used when the development pressure is applied during the development of the gap and when the development cartridge B1 is installed. The driving side abuts against the position of the separating rod 70. In addition, in order to regulate the position where the drive side abuts the spacer 70, the drive side development pressurizing spring 71 used for development press is used, so there is no need for particularly new parts.
並且,將接受用以使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10抵接的力之第一抵接面70a及用以使離間的力之第二抵接面 70b的雙方設成驅動側抵接離間桿70的一零件。藉此集中機能,亦可削減顯像卡匣B1的零件件數。 In addition, both the first abutting surface 70a for receiving the force for contacting the developing roller 13 with the photosensitive drum 10 and the second abutting surface 70b for separating the force are provided as a driving side contacting and separating lever. A part of 70. With this centralized function, the number of parts of the imaging cassette B1 can also be reduced.
又,若根據本實施例,則驅動側抵接離間桿70、非驅動側抵接離間桿72會從設在畫像形成裝置本體的推壓構件來受力,藉此可省空間進行顯像滾輪往感光鼓的抵接離間。藉此,畫像形成裝置或顯像卡匣會被小型化。並且,在使顯像滾輪從感光鼓離間時,可抑制施加於與畫像形成裝置本體電性連接的顯像卡匣的電極部之力的上昇。由於施加於電極部的負荷變小,因此電極部的耐久性會提升。由於電極部的強度被壓制,因此可達成具有電極部的顯像卡匣或具備顯像卡匣的畫像形成裝置的低成本化。 In addition, according to this embodiment, the driving side abutting and separating rod 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 receive force from the pressing member provided in the main body of the image forming apparatus, thereby saving space for developing the image roller The abutment to the photosensitive drum is separated. Thereby, the image forming device or the developing cassette can be miniaturized. In addition, when the developing roller is separated from the photosensitive drum, it is possible to suppress the increase in the force applied to the electrode portion of the developing cartridge electrically connected to the main body of the image forming apparatus. Since the load applied to the electrode portion is reduced, the durability of the electrode portion is improved. Since the strength of the electrode portion is suppressed, it is possible to reduce the cost of the imaging cartridge having the electrode portion or the image forming apparatus having the imaging cartridge.
另外,在本實施例中是說明顯像卡匣B1與鼓卡匣C被分離的構成。亦即,顯像裝置為顯像卡匣B1與感光體鼓10分別被卡匣化,對於畫像形成裝置的裝置本體裝卸的構成。但,本實施例所被適用者並非限於如此的構成。 In addition, in this embodiment, it is obvious that the cassette B1 and the drum cassette C are separated. In other words, the developing device has a configuration in which the developing cartridge B1 and the photoreceptor drum 10 are each formed into a cartridge, and the image forming device is attached to and detached from the main body of the image forming device. However, the application of this embodiment is not limited to such a configuration.
例如,即使為顯像卡匣B1與鼓卡匣C不分離的構成,還是可適用本實施例的構成。亦可為使能夠將顯像卡匣B1(顯像裝置)對於鼓卡匣C旋轉結合而構成的製程卡匣裝卸於畫像形成裝置的裝置本體那樣的構成。亦即,亦可思考在具備感光體鼓10及顯像裝置的卡匣(製程卡匣)設置本實施例所揭示的驅動側抵接離間桿70、非驅動側抵接離間桿72那樣的構成。 For example, even if it is a configuration in which the developing cartridge B1 and the drum cartridge C are not separated, the configuration of this embodiment can be applied. It may also be a structure in which a process cassette formed by rotating the development cassette B1 (developing device) to the drum cassette C can be attached to and detached from the apparatus main body of the image forming device. That is, it is also possible to think of a configuration in which the drive side abutment and release lever 70 and the non-drive side abutment and release lever 72 disclosed in this embodiment are provided in a cassette (process cassette) equipped with the photoreceptor drum 10 and the developing device. .
<耦合構件180與驅動側抵接離間桿70、非驅動側抵接離 間桿72的關係> <Relationship between the coupling member 180 and the driving side abutting and separating rod 70 and the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72>
耦合構件180是形成至少可移動於驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72的移動方向之N9方向(參照圖27)。因此,當驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72移動於N9、N10方向時,不對耦合構件150與本體側驅動構件100之間的卡合造成影響,可成為順暢的動作。 The coupling member 180 is formed in the N9 direction that is movable at least in the moving direction of the driving-side abutting and separating rod 70 and the non-driving-side abutting and separating rod 72 (refer to FIG. 27). Therefore, when the drive side abutment and release lever 70 and the non-drive side abutment and release lever 72 move in the N9 and N10 directions, the engagement between the coupling member 150 and the main body side drive member 100 is not affected, and a smooth operation can be achieved .
又,如圖27(a)所示般,顯像滾輪13抵接於感光鼓10的方向之N6方向、及耦合構件180的旋轉方向(圖8的X6方向)之N13方向會形成同一方向。若根據此構成,則耦合構件180從本體側驅動構件100接受的偶力是以被支撐凸部80g為中心作為使顯像卡匣B1旋轉於N6方向的力矩作用。然後,在顯像滾輪13是成為將顯像滾輪13加壓至感光體鼓10的加壓力之N6方向的力矩會作用。 Also, as shown in FIG. 27(a), the N6 direction of the direction in which the developing roller 13 abuts the photosensitive drum 10 and the N13 direction of the rotation direction of the coupling member 180 (the X6 direction in FIG. 8) form the same direction. According to this configuration, the coupling force received by the coupling member 180 from the main body-side drive member 100 acts as a moment for rotating the developing cartridge B1 in the N6 direction with the supported convex portion 80g as the center. Then, on the developing roller 13, a moment in the N6 direction that becomes the pressing force for pressing the developing roller 13 to the photoreceptor drum 10 acts.
假若耦合構件180的旋轉方向為與N6方向相反方向,則顯像滾輪13藉由耦合構件180的旋轉力而從感光體鼓10逃離的方向的力矩(圖27的N5方向)會作用,因此加壓力損失。但,本構成是如此的加壓力的損失不易發生。 If the rotation direction of the coupling member 180 is opposite to the direction N6, the torque in the direction in which the developing roller 13 escapes from the photoreceptor drum 10 by the rotation force of the coupling member 180 (the N5 direction in FIG. 27) will act. Pressure loss. However, this configuration does not easily cause such pressure loss.
並且,藉由耦合構件180的旋轉力而產生的N6方向的力矩是為了使耦合構件180旋轉而從必要的負荷扭矩產生者。由於卡匣的負荷扭矩是依零件尺寸及耐久性而變化,因此藉由耦合構件180的旋轉力而產生的N6方向的力矩也變化。另一方面,本實施例亦為抵接離間桿70、 72從裝置本體A1受力,使顯像滾輪13對於感光體鼓10抵接的構成。抵接離間桿70、72之N6方向的加壓力是僅以零件尺寸來規定,不產生耐久變動。 In addition, the moment in the N6 direction generated by the rotational force of the coupling member 180 is generated from the necessary load torque in order to rotate the coupling member 180. Since the load torque of the cassette changes according to the size and durability of the parts, the torque in the N6 direction generated by the rotational force of the coupling member 180 also changes. On the other hand, the present embodiment also has a configuration in which the abutting and separating levers 70 and 72 are forced from the main body A1 of the apparatus to make the developing roller 13 abut against the photoreceptor drum 10. The pressing force in the N6 direction of the abutting and separating rods 70 and 72 is specified only by the size of the part, and no durability change occurs.
因此,為了使顯像滾輪13對於感光體鼓10更安定地抵接,最好如其次般。亦即,相較於抵接離間桿70、72從裝置本體A1受力而產生的N6方向的力矩,最好縮小藉由耦合構件180的旋轉力而產生的N6方向的力矩。於是,本實施例是如圖27所示般,連結被支撐凸部80g與耦合構件180的距離要比驅動側搖動引導80的被支撐凸部80g與驅動側抵接離間桿70的距離更短。藉由此構成,可有效地利用藉由耦合構件180的旋轉力所產生的N6方向的力矩作為顯像滾輪13的加壓力。而且,藉由此構成,可抑制藉由耦合構件180的旋轉力而產生的N6方向的力矩的變動的影響,藉此更安定地使顯像滾輪13對於感光體鼓10抵接。 Therefore, in order to make the developing roller 13 abut the photoreceptor drum 10 more stably, it is best to do so. That is, it is better to reduce the moment in the N6 direction generated by the rotational force of the coupling member 180 compared to the moment in the N6 direction generated by the force of the abutting and separating rods 70 and 72 from the device body A1. Therefore, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 27, the distance between the supported convex portion 80g and the coupling member 180 is shorter than the distance between the supported convex portion 80g of the drive side rocking guide 80 and the drive side abutment from the intermediate rod 70. . With this configuration, the moment in the N6 direction generated by the rotational force of the coupling member 180 can be effectively used as the pressing force of the developing roller 13. Furthermore, with this configuration, the influence of the torque variation in the N6 direction caused by the rotational force of the coupling member 180 can be suppressed, and thereby the developing roller 13 can be brought into contact with the photoreceptor drum 10 more stably.
而且,如圖1所示般,由顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線方向來看,以和連結顯像滾輪13的旋轉中心13Z與耦合構件180的旋轉中心之直線Z31平行的方向作為N14(第1方向)方向。由顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線方向來看顯像框體時,有關N14方向,顯像滾輪13是被配置於顯像框體的一端側,驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一突出部70f(特別是第一抵接面70a、第二抵接面70b)會被配置於顯像框體的另一端側。亦即,將第一突出部70f(特別是第一抵接面70a、第二抵接面70b)配置於某程度離開顯像滾輪13的位 置。 Also, as shown in FIG. 1, from the perspective of the rotation axis direction of the developing roller 13, the direction parallel to the straight line Z31 connecting the rotation center 13Z of the developing roller 13 and the rotation center of the coupling member 180 is regarded as N14 (first Direction) direction. When the development frame is viewed from the direction of the rotation axis of the development roller 13, the development roller 13 is arranged on one end of the development frame in the direction N14, and the driving side abuts against the first protrusion 70f of the spacer 70 (In particular, the first contact surface 70a and the second contact surface 70b) are arranged on the other end side of the display frame. That is, the first protrusion 70f (especially, the first abutting surface 70a and the second abutting surface 70b) is arranged at a position away from the developing roller 13 to some extent.
藉此,可在顯像滾輪13的附近確保配置耦合構件180等的構件的空間,該耦合構件180等的構件為在顯像框體的一端側配置於顯像滾輪13的附近的情形為適當者。在顯像卡匣B1內的顯像滾輪13的附近配置的情形為適當的構件的佈局的自由度會提升。因此,在本實施例中,由顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線方向來看時,有關N14方向,將耦合構件180配置於比第一突出部70f(第一抵接面70a、前述第二抵接面70b)更近顯像滾輪13的位置。 As a result, it is possible to ensure a space for arranging members such as the coupling member 180 near the development roller 13, and the coupling member 180 and other members are appropriately arranged in the vicinity of the development roller 13 on one end side of the development frame. By. When the development roller 13 in the development cassette B1 is arranged in the vicinity of the development roller 13, the degree of freedom in the layout of the appropriate member is increased. Therefore, in this embodiment, when viewed from the direction of the axis of rotation of the developing roller 13, the coupling member 180 is arranged more than the first protrusion 70f (the first abutting surface 70a, the aforementioned second abutting surface) in the N14 direction. The surface 70b) is closer to the position of the developing roller 13.
並且,在驅動側顯像軸承36是具備可抵接於記錄媒體2的記錄媒體抵接部36m,該記錄媒體2是在顯像卡匣B1被安裝於裝置本體A1的狀態下,於裝置本體A1的內部的搬送引導3d內朝轉印夾部6a搬送而來。 In addition, the development bearing 36 on the drive side is provided with a recording medium abutment portion 36m that can abut against the recording medium 2. The recording medium 2 is mounted on the main body of the apparatus when the developing cartridge B1 is mounted on the main body A1 of the apparatus. The conveyance guide 3d inside A1 is conveyed toward the transfer nip part 6a.
說明有關此情形。如上述般,有關N14方向,將第一突出部70f(特別是第一抵接面70a、第二抵接面70b)的位置設為離開顯像滾輪13的位置。藉此,可在裝置本體A1之離開顯像滾輪13的位置配置驅動側裝置推壓構件150,因此可將顯像卡匣B1之抵接於感光鼓10的顯像滾輪側的部分配置在搬送引導3d的附近。藉此,可在裝置本體A1內之顯像卡匣B1與搬送引導3d之間減少死空間。 Explain about this situation. As described above, regarding the N14 direction, the position of the first protrusion 70f (especially the first contact surface 70a and the second contact surface 70b) is set to a position away from the developing roller 13. Thereby, the drive-side device pressing member 150 can be arranged at a position away from the developing roller 13 of the device body A1, so that the portion of the developing cartridge B1 that abuts on the developing roller side of the photosensitive drum 10 can be arranged on the conveyance Guide the vicinity of 3d. Thereby, the dead space between the developing cassette B1 and the conveying guide 3d in the main body A1 of the apparatus can be reduced.
如此本實施例是將顯像卡匣B1配置於搬送引導3d的附近。因此,由顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線方向來看時,有關驅動側顯像軸承36的N14方向,在比第一突出部 70f(第一抵接面70a、前述第二抵接面70b)更接近顯像滾輪13的位置設置記錄媒體抵接部36m。 In this way, in this embodiment, the developing cassette B1 is arranged in the vicinity of the conveying guide 3d. Therefore, when viewed from the direction of the axis of rotation of the developing roller 13, the N14 direction of the drive-side developing bearing 36 is larger than the first protrusion 70f (the first contact surface 70a, the aforementioned second contact surface 70b). A recording medium abutting portion 36m is provided at a position close to the developing roller 13.
<顯像側蓋34的詳細> <Details of the developing side cover 34>
圖45及圖46是表示顯像側蓋34的詳細圖。圖45(a)是由外側來看顯像側蓋34的正面圖,圖45(b)是由內側來看顯像側蓋34的背面圖,圖46是分別由正面及背面來看的立體圖。 FIG. 45 and FIG. 46 are detailed views showing the display side cover 34. As shown in FIG. Fig. 45(a) is a front view of the development side cover 34 viewed from the outside, Fig. 45(b) is a back view of the development side cover 34 viewed from the inside, and Fig. 46 is a perspective view respectively viewed from the front and back .
顯像側蓋34是構成卡匣B1的顯像框體之一個的框架構件。顯像側蓋34是由板狀的正面部34e、及形成其背側的背面部34f所構成。在正面部34e的邊緣,以能包圍背面部34f的方式,緣部34g會被設成從正面部34e突出。 The development side cover 34 is a frame member constituting one of the development frames of the cassette B1. The display side cover 34 is composed of a plate-shaped front surface portion 34e and a back surface portion 34f forming the back side. On the edge of the front part 34e, the edge part 34g is provided so that it may protrude from the front part 34e so that it can surround the back part 34f.
將耦合構件180配置於內側的孔34a會被設成貫通正面部34e與背面部34f。 The hole 34a in which the coupling member 180 is arranged on the inner side is provided so as to penetrate the front portion 34e and the back portion 34f.
在孔34a的側方是設有比正面部34e更突出的第一突起(定位部)34b。在第一突起(定位部)34b的側方是設有比第一突起(定位部)34b更大於徑方向,同樣比正面部34e更突出的第二突起(旋轉停止部)34c。第二突起(旋轉停止部)34c是比第一突起(定位部)34b更遠離孔34a的位置。 On the side of the hole 34a, a first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b that protrudes more than the front portion 34e is provided. On the side of the first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b, there is provided a second protrusion (rotation stop portion) 34c that is larger than the first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b in the radial direction and also protrudes more than the front portion 34e. The second protrusion (rotation stop portion) 34c is a position farther from the hole 34a than the first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b.
在第一突起(定位部)34b與第二突起(旋轉停止部)34c之間是設有連接兩者的連結部34k,在連結部34k與正面部34e之間是設有第一溝部341。 Between the first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b and the second protrusion (rotation stop portion) 34c, a connecting portion 34k is provided to connect the two, and a first groove portion 341 is provided between the connecting portion 34k and the front portion 34e.
在孔34a與第一突起(定位部)34b之間是設有第三突 起(彈簧支撐部)34h。第三突起(彈簧支撐部)34h的高度是比第一突起(定位部)34b及第二突起(旋轉停止部)34c更低。 A third protrusion (spring supporting portion) 34h is provided between the hole 34a and the first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b. The height of the third protrusion (spring support portion) 34h is lower than the height of the first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b and the second protrusion (rotation stop portion) 34c.
以第三突起(彈簧支撐部)34h的孔34a為中央,在對向側具有溝延伸於圓周方向的第二溝部(34o)。第二溝部(34o)是引導耦合彈簧185。 With the hole 34a of the third protrusion (spring support portion) 34h as the center, a second groove portion (34o) having a groove extending in the circumferential direction is provided on the opposite side. The second groove (34o) is to guide the coupling spring 185.
在第一突起(定位部)34b的下方是具有由稜線34p1、34p2所構成的第四突起(34p)。稜線34p1、34p2是彼此交叉,交叉角度是形成鈍角。第四突起(34p)的高度是比第一突起(定位部)34b及第二突起(旋轉停止部)34c更低。 Below the first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b is a fourth protrusion (34p) composed of ridge lines 34p1 and 34p2. The ridge lines 34p1 and 34p2 cross each other, and the crossing angle is an obtuse angle. The height of the fourth protrusion (34p) is lower than that of the first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b and the second protrusion (rotation stop portion) 34c.
在第一突起(定位部)34b與第二突起(旋轉停止部)34c的上方是設有貫通正面部34e及背面部34f的圓弧狀溝部34q。圓弧狀溝部34q是為了使耦合桿55的旋轉規制部55y露出於外部而設(參照圖12)。 Above the first protrusion (positioning portion) 34b and the second protrusion (rotation stop portion) 34c, an arc-shaped groove portion 34q penetrating the front portion 34e and the back portion 34f is provided. The arc-shaped groove portion 34q is provided to expose the rotation regulating portion 55y of the coupling rod 55 to the outside (see FIG. 12).
並且,顯像側蓋34是具有罩部34t。罩部34t是在顯像滾輪13的長邊方向(驅動側抵接離間桿70的旋轉軸線的方向)以不從外側露出的方式覆蓋驅動側抵接離間桿70的至少一部分、及彈簧71的至少一部分。藉此,可自外部的衝撃保護驅動側抵接離間桿70或彈簧71,且可防止驅動側抵接離間桿70或彈簧71從驅動側顯像軸承36脫落。另外,罩部34t是只要在顯像滾輪13的長邊方向(驅動側抵接離間桿70的旋轉軸線的方向)以不從外側露出的方式覆蓋驅動側抵接離間桿70的至少一部分或彈簧71的至少一部分即可。 In addition, the developing side cover 34 has a cover portion 34t. The cover portion 34t covers at least a part of the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 and the spring 71 in the longitudinal direction of the developing roller 13 (the direction in which the drive side abuts the separation lever 70) so as not to be exposed from the outside. At least part of it. Thereby, the driving side abutting and separating rod 70 or the spring 71 can be protected from the external impact, and the driving side abutting and separating the rod 70 or the spring 71 can be prevented from falling off from the driving side developing bearing 36. In addition, the cover portion 34t only needs to cover at least a part of the drive side abutment and separation lever 70 or a spring in the longitudinal direction of the developing roller 13 (the direction in which the drive side abuts the separation lever 70) so as not to be exposed from the outside. At least a part of 71 is sufficient.
如以上般,藉由使各種機能部匯集於顯像側蓋34,可達成小型化。並且,可自外部的衝撃保護驅動側抵接離間桿70。 As described above, by integrating various functional parts in the display side cover 34, miniaturization can be achieved. In addition, the spacer 70 can be contacted from the external impact protection drive side.
<驅動側顯像軸承36的詳細> <Details of drive side imaging bearing 36>
圖47及圖48是表示驅動側顯像軸承36的詳細圖。圖47(a)是由外側來看驅動側顯像軸承36的正面圖,圖47(b)是由內側來看驅動側顯像軸承36的背面圖,圖48是分別由正面及背面來看的立體圖。 FIG. 47 and FIG. 48 are detailed views showing the driving side developing bearing 36. FIG. Fig. 47(a) is a front view of the driving side developing bearing 36 viewed from the outside, Fig. 47(b) is a back view of the driving side developing bearing 36 viewed from the inside, and Fig. 48 is viewed from the front and back respectively Perspective view.
驅動側顯像軸承36是與構成卡匣B1的顯像框體的顯像側蓋34為別的一個框架構件。驅動側顯像軸承36是由板狀的正面部36f、及形成其背側的背面部36g所形成。在正面部36f的邊緣,緣部背面部36h會被設成可從正面部36f突出,而使能夠包圍背面部36g。 The drive side development bearing 36 is a frame member separate from the development side cover 34 constituting the development frame of the cassette B1. The drive-side development bearing 36 is formed of a plate-shaped front surface portion 36f and a back surface portion 36g forming the back side. At the edge of the front portion 36f, the edge back portion 36h is provided so as to protrude from the front portion 36f so as to be able to surround the back portion 36g.
以能夠貫通正面部36f及背面部36g的方式設有孔36a。在孔36a的內側是配置有顯像滾輪13,支撐顯像滾輪13。亦可直接支撐於孔36a,或經由構件來支撐。 A hole 36a is provided so as to penetrate through the front portion 36f and the back portion 36g. Inside the hole 36a, a developing roller 13 is arranged, and the developing roller 13 is supported. It can also be directly supported in the hole 36a, or supported via a member.
在孔36a的側方是設有突出部36i。突出部36i是具有圓筒形狀。在突出部36i的內側是設有規制耦合構件180的相位規制凸台180e的位置之相位規制部36kb。相位規制部36kb是具有在內側配置耦合構件180之大略三角形的孔形狀。相位規制部36kb是由第一傾斜規制部36kb1及第二傾斜規制部36kb2所形成,構成各個溝的一部分。 A protrusion 36i is provided on the side of the hole 36a. The protrusion 36i has a cylindrical shape. Inside the protrusion 36i is a phase regulating portion 36kb that regulates the position of the phase regulating boss 180e of the coupling member 180. The phase regulating portion 36kb has a substantially triangular hole shape in which the coupling member 180 is arranged on the inner side. The phase regulation portion 36kb is formed by the first tilt regulation portion 36kb1 and the second tilt regulation portion 36kb2, and constitutes a part of each groove.
在隔著突出部36i與孔36a對向的位置,設有用以支撐驅動側抵接離間桿70的支撐部36c。支撐部36c是具有突出的圓筒形狀。 At a position facing the hole 36a across the protrusion 36i, there is provided a support portion 36c for supporting the drive side abutment and separation lever 70. The support portion 36c has a projecting cylindrical shape.
在支撐部36c的下方是設有驅動側抵接離間桿70的規制部36b。規制部36b是具有從正面部36f突出的壁形狀,位於驅動側顯像軸承36的邊緣。 Below the support portion 36c is a regulating portion 36b provided with a driving side abutting and separating rod 70. The regulation portion 36b has a wall shape protruding from the front portion 36f, and is located at the edge of the drive side development bearing 36.
在規制部36b的對向側,於突出部36i的下方,設有用以和驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71抵接的抵接面36d。抵接面36d也與規制部36b同樣,成為從正面部36f突出的壁形狀。 On the opposite side of the regulating portion 36b, below the protruding portion 36i, an abutting surface 36d for abutting against the driving-side development pressure spring 71 is provided. The contact surface 36d also has a wall shape protruding from the front portion 36f similarly to the regulation portion 36b.
由圖47的正面方向來看,有關規制部36b與抵接面36d的配列方向,以能夾在規制部36b與抵接面36d之間的方式設有孔36j。孔36j是為了使驅動齒輪等露出而設。 When viewed from the front direction of FIG. 47, the arrangement direction of the regulation portion 36b and the contact surface 36d is provided with a hole 36j so as to be sandwiched between the regulation portion 36b and the contact surface 36d. The hole 36j is provided to expose the drive gear and the like.
如以上般,藉由驅動側顯像軸承36,可高精度維持耦合構件180的位置與驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置。並且,可高精度維持顯像滾輪13的位置與驅動側抵接離間桿70的位置。 As described above, the driving-side imaging bearing 36 can maintain the position of the coupling member 180 and the position of the driving-side abutment and separation lever 70 with high accuracy. In addition, the position of the developing roller 13 and the position of the driving side abutment lever 70 can be maintained with high accuracy.
《實施例2》
"Example 2"
其次,利用圖32來說明有關實施例2。圖32是由驅動側來看顯像卡匣B1的側面圖。 Next, the second embodiment will be explained using FIG. 32. Figure 32 is a side view of the developing cartridge B1 as viewed from the drive side.
在實施例1中是針對驅動側抵接離間桿70設成對於驅動側顯像軸承36可轉動的構成進行說明。但,如圖32 所示般,驅動側抵接離間桿702亦可為設成對於驅動側顯像軸承362可滑動的構成。有關未說明的記述是與實施例1同樣的構成。 In the first embodiment, a configuration in which the drive side abutment and release lever 70 is provided so as to be rotatable with respect to the drive side development bearing 36 will be described. However, as shown in FIG. 32, the drive-side abutment and release lever 702 may also be configured to be slidable with respect to the drive-side development bearing 362. Regarding the description that is not explained, the structure is the same as that of the first embodiment.
圖32(a)是由驅動側來看顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10抵接的狀態的側面圖及驅動側抵接離間桿702周圍的剖面圖。驅動側抵接離間桿702的凸部702b是卡合於驅動側顯像軸承362的溝部362c。而且,驅動側抵接離間桿702的凸部702j是卡合於顯像側蓋342的溝部342y。藉此,驅動側抵接離間桿702是對於驅動側顯像軸承362及顯像側蓋342可滑動(直線移動)於箭號N72、N82方向。並且,驅動側顯像加壓彈簧712是設成一端712d會與驅動側抵接離間桿702的第三抵接面702c抵接,另一端712e會與驅動側顯像軸承362的抵接面362d抵接。在此構成中,如圖32(b)所示般,與實施例1同樣,顯像卡匣B1是藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第2抵接面150b與驅動側抵接離間桿702的第一抵接面702a抵接來接受外力F11。其結果,對於感光鼓10,顯像滾輪13是以預定的壓抵接。 32(a) is a side view of the state where the developing roller 13 is in contact with the photosensitive drum 10 and a cross-sectional view around the drive side abutment and separation lever 702 as viewed from the drive side. The convex portion 702b of the driving side abutting and separating lever 702 is engaged with the groove portion 362c of the driving side developing bearing 362. In addition, the convex portion 702j of the driving side abutting and separating lever 702 is engaged with the groove portion 342y of the developing side cover 342. Thereby, the driving side abutting and separating rod 702 is slidable (linearly movable) in the directions of arrows N72 and N82 with respect to the driving side development bearing 362 and the development side cover 342. In addition, the drive-side development pressurizing spring 712 is set so that one end 712d abuts against the third abutting surface 702c of the drive-side abutment and separation lever 702, and the other end 712e contacts the abutting surface 362d of the drive-side development bearing 362 Abut. In this structure, as shown in FIG. 32(b), similar to Example 1, the imaging cassette B1 is driven by the second contact surface 150b of the drive-side device pressing member 150 and the drive-side contact and release lever The first abutting surface 702a of 702 abuts to receive the external force F11. As a result, with respect to the photosensitive drum 10, the developing roller 13 is in contact with a predetermined pressure.
其次,說明有關移往顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10離間的狀態的動作。圖32(c)是表示驅動側裝置推壓構件150往箭號N82方向只移動距離δ6的狀態,驅動側抵接離間桿702的第一抵接面702a與驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第二抵接面150b為離間的狀態。此時,驅動側抵接離間桿702是接受驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓力F10,滑動於 箭號N82的方向,驅動側抵接離間桿702的規制抵接部702e與驅動側軸承構件362的規制部362b會抵接。藉此,驅動側抵接離間桿702決定位置。 Next, the operation related to the state where the developing roller 13 is moved away from the photosensitive drum 10 will be described. Fig. 32(c) shows a state where the drive side device pressing member 150 is moved by a distance of δ6 in the direction of arrow N82, and the drive side abuts against the first contact surface 702a of the intermediate lever 702 and the first contact surface 702a of the drive side device pressing member 150 The two abutting surfaces 150b are in a separated state. At this time, the drive side abutment and release lever 702 receives the elastic force F10 of the drive side development pressurizing spring 71 and slides in the direction of the arrow N82, and the drive side abuts against the regulation abutment portion 702e of the separation bar 702 and the drive side bearing The regulation part 362b of the member 362 will abut. In this way, the driving side abuts against the intermediate lever 702 to determine the position.
圖32(b)是表示驅動側裝置推壓構件150朝箭號N82方向只移動距離δ7的狀態。藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150更朝箭號N82方向移動,驅動側抵接離間桿702的被離間面702g與驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第一抵接面150a會抵接,更使顯像卡匣B1往箭號N82方向移動。其結果,顯像卡匣B1是以搖動引導80的被支撐凸部80g為中心(未圖示)往箭號N5方向揺動。此時,顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10是成為彼此僅距離δ8取間隙離間的狀態。 Fig. 32(b) shows a state in which the drive-side device pressing member 150 is moved by a distance δ7 in the direction of the arrow N82. As the driving side device pressing member 150 moves further in the direction of arrow N82, the separated surface 702g of the driving side abutting and separating rod 702 and the first abutting surface 150a of the driving side device pressing member 150 will abut, further making The imaging cassette B1 moves in the direction of arrow N82. As a result, the developing cassette B1 is swung in the direction of the arrow N5 with the supported convex portion 80g of the rocking guide 80 as the center (not shown). At this time, the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 are in a state of being separated by a gap of only the distance δ8 from each other.
非驅動側也是與驅動側同樣的構成。並且,其他的構成是與實施例1同樣,可取得與實施例1同樣的效果(但,除了記載於實施例1的驅動側裝置推壓構件150的位置誤差與驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的壓縮量的關係以外)。 The non-driving side has the same structure as the driving side. In addition, the other configuration is the same as in Example 1, and the same effects as in Example 1 can be obtained (except for the position error of the drive side device pressing member 150 described in Example 1 and the drive side development pressurizing spring 71 Other than the relationship between the amount of compression).
《實施例3》
"Example 3"
其次,利用圖42來說明有關適用本發明的第3實施例。有關未說明的記述則是與實施例1同樣的構成。 Next, the third embodiment to which the present invention is applied will be explained using FIG. 42. The unexplained description has the same structure as that of the first embodiment.
圖42是驅動側抵接離間桿201為板彈簧的模式圖。 FIG. 42 is a schematic diagram in which the driving-side abutting and separating rod 201 is a leaf spring.
如圖42所示般,驅動側抵接離間桿201是以SUS等的材料所製作的彈性體。驅動側抵接離間桿201是具有第一抵接面201a、第二抵接面201b、支撐部201d、及彈性 變形部201h,且支撐部201d會被支撐於軸承202的被支撐部202b。 As shown in FIG. 42, the drive-side abutment and release lever 201 is an elastic body made of a material such as SUS. The driving side abutting and separating rod 201 has a first abutting surface 201a, a second abutting surface 201b, a supporting portion 201d, and an elastic deformation portion 201h, and the supporting portion 201d is supported by the supported portion 202b of the bearing 202.
在此,驅動側裝置推壓構件203是設有第一抵接面203a、第二抵接面203b,可滑動於箭號N7方向、箭號N8方向。 Here, the driving side device pressing member 203 is provided with a first abutting surface 203a and a second abutting surface 203b, and is slidable in the arrow N7 direction and the arrow N8 direction.
並且,顯像卡匣B1是在驅動側側板(未圖示)被定位於以被支撐部210b為中心可搖動於箭號N5、箭號N6方向的驅動側搖動引導210。非驅動側也同樣,因此顯像卡匣B1是以被支撐部210b為中心可旋轉於箭號N5、箭號N6方向。 In addition, the developing cassette B1 is positioned on the driving side side plate (not shown) on the driving side swing guide 210 that can swing in the arrow N5 and arrow N6 directions with the supported portion 210b as the center. The same applies to the non-driving side. Therefore, the developing cassette B1 is rotatable in the direction of the arrow N5 and the arrow N6 with the supported portion 210b as the center.
使感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13加壓時,如圖42(a)所示般,驅動側裝置推壓構件203會移動於箭號N7方向。然後,驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第二抵接面203b是抵接於驅動側抵接離間桿201的第一抵接面201a。 When the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 are pressurized, as shown in FIG. 42(a), the driving-side device pressing member 203 moves in the direction of arrow N7. Then, the second abutting surface 203b of the driving-side device pressing member 203 abuts on the first abutting surface 201a of the driving-side abutment and separation lever 201.
而且,一旦驅動側裝置推壓構件203移動於箭號N7方向,則如圖42(b)所示般,驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第二抵接面203b是使驅動側抵接離間桿201的彈性變形部201h變形。在該狀態下,驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第二抵接面203b是對驅動側抵接離間桿201的第一抵接面201a賦予力F41。此時,驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第二抵接面203b會接受反力F42。在此,顯像卡匣B1是以被支撐部201b為中心可旋轉於箭號N5、箭號N6方向,因此顯像卡匣B1是藉由力F41的外力來移動於箭號N5方向。因此,顯像滾輪13會抵接於感光鼓10。 Moreover, once the drive side device pressing member 203 moves in the direction of arrow N7, as shown in FIG. 42(b), the second contact surface 203b of the drive side device pressing member 203 makes the drive side abut against the intermediate lever The elastic deformation portion 201h of 201 deforms. In this state, the second contact surface 203b of the drive-side device pressing member 203 imparts a force F41 to the first contact surface 201a of the drive-side contact and separation lever 201. At this time, the second contact surface 203b of the drive-side device pressing member 203 receives the reaction force F42. Here, the development cassette B1 is rotatable in the arrow N5 and arrow N6 directions with the supported portion 201b as the center. Therefore, the development cassette B1 is moved in the arrow N5 direction by the external force of the force F41. Therefore, the developing roller 13 abuts against the photosensitive drum 10.
而且,一旦驅動側裝置推壓構件203移動於箭號N7方向,則如圖42(c)所示般,驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第二抵接面203b是使驅動側抵接離間桿201的彈性變形部201h變形。在該狀態下,驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第二抵接面203b是對驅動側抵接離間桿201的第一抵接面201a賦予力F45。此時,驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第二抵接面203b是藉由驅動側抵接離間桿201的第一抵接面201a來接受反力F46。顯像滾輪13會抵接於感光鼓10而決定顯像卡匣B1的姿勢,因此成為:F45>F41 Moreover, once the drive side device pressing member 203 moves in the direction of arrow N7, as shown in FIG. 42(c), the second abutting surface 203b of the drive side device pressing member 203 is such that the drive side abuts against the intermediate lever The elastic deformation portion 201h of 201 deforms. In this state, the second contact surface 203b of the drive-side device pressing member 203 imparts a force F45 to the first contact surface 201a of the drive-side contact and separation lever 201. At this time, the second abutting surface 203b of the driving side device pressing member 203 receives the reaction force F46 by the driving side abutting the first abutting surface 201a of the spacer 201. The developing roller 13 abuts on the photosensitive drum 10 to determine the posture of the developing cartridge B1, so it becomes: F45>F41
如圖42(c)所示般,顯像滾輪13會被加壓於感光鼓10。 As shown in FIG. 42(c), the developing roller 13 is pressurized on the photosensitive drum 10.
如圖42(d)所示般,使感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13離間時,驅動側裝置推壓構件203會移動於箭號N8方向。驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第一抵接面203a是與驅動側抵接離間桿201的第二抵接面201b抵接。 As shown in FIG. 42(d), when the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 are separated, the driving side device pressing member 203 will move in the direction of the arrow N8. The first contact surface 203 a of the drive side device pressing member 203 is in contact with the second contact surface 201 b of the drive side abutment and release lever 201.
而且,一旦驅動側裝置推壓構件203移動於箭號N8方向,則驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第一抵接面203a是一邊使驅動側抵接離間桿201的彈性變形部201h變形,一邊對驅動側抵接離間桿201的第二抵接面201b賦予力F44。 Moreover, once the drive side device pressing member 203 moves in the direction of arrow N8, the first contact surface 203a of the drive side device pressing member 203 deforms the elastic deformation portion 201h of the drive side abutment lever 201 while deforming A force F44 is applied to the second abutting surface 201b of the driving side abutting and separating lever 201.
此時,驅動側裝置推壓構件203的第一抵接面203a是由驅動側抵接離間桿201的第二抵接面201b來接受反力F43。 At this time, the first abutting surface 203a of the driving-side device pressing member 203 receives the reaction force F43 by the second abutting surface 201b of the driving-side abutting lever 201.
在此,顯像卡匣B1是以被支撐部210b為中心可旋轉於箭號N5、箭號N6方向,因此顯像卡匣B1是以被支撐部210b為中心移動於箭號N6方向,顯像滾輪13會從感光鼓10離間。 Here, the developing cassette B1 is rotatable in the direction of arrow N5 and arrow N6 with the supported portion 210b as the center. Therefore, the developing cassette B1 moves in the direction of arrow N6 with the supported portion 210b as the center to display The image roller 13 will be separated from the photosensitive drum 10.
如此,本實施例是一體地形成彈性變形部(彈性部)201h、及具備第一抵接面201a和第二抵接面201b的部分(可動部)作為一個構件的一部分。具體而言,驅動側抵接離間桿201會以板彈簧構成。藉此,不需要實施例1所示之作為壓縮彈簧的彈壓構件之驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71(參照圖41(a))。因此,可確保空間,所以顯像卡匣B1的設計自由度會增加,或小型化。 In this way, in this embodiment, the elastic deformation portion (elastic portion) 201h and the portion (movable portion) having the first contact surface 201a and the second contact surface 201b are integrally formed as part of one member. Specifically, the drive-side abutment and separation lever 201 is formed of a leaf spring. This eliminates the need for the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 as the urging member of the compression spring shown in Embodiment 1 (see FIG. 41(a)). Therefore, the space can be secured, so the degree of freedom in design of the developing cassette B1 is increased or the size is reduced.
而且。如實施例1所示般,在驅動側抵接離間桿201具有被加壓面(第一抵接面201a)及被離間面(第二抵接面201b)。在該等中,驅動側裝置推壓構件203的加壓面(第二抵接面203b)及離間面(第一抵接面203a)會分別作用。藉此,可使用驅動側抵接離間桿201的單一零件來因應所需選擇感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13的抵接狀態或離間狀態。其結果,顯像卡匣B1的構成的簡易化為可能。 and. As shown in the first embodiment, the abutment and separation lever 201 on the driving side has a pressurized surface (first abutment surface 201a) and a separated surface (second abutment surface 201b). Among these, the pressing surface (the second abutting surface 203b) and the separation surface (the first abutting surface 203a) of the driving-side device pressing member 203 act separately. In this way, a single part of the driving side abutting and separating lever 201 can be used to select the abutting state or the separating state of the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 according to requirements. As a result, it is possible to simplify the structure of the developing cassette B1.
另外,上述說明雖是以驅動側為代表進行說明,但在非驅動側也可為同樣的構成。又,亦可將驅動側抵接離間桿201設為使用可彈性變形的樹脂構件等來成形的構件。 In addition, although the foregoing description is representative of the driving side, the same configuration may be adopted on the non-driving side. In addition, the drive-side abutment and release lever 201 may be a member molded using an elastically deformable resin member or the like.
並且,在上述任一的實施例中,亦可適用一體地形成本實施例的可動部及彈性部作為一個構件的一部分之構成。 In addition, in any of the above-mentioned embodiments, the movable part and the elastic part of the embodiment can be applied as a part of one member.
《實施例4》
"Example 4"
其次,利用圖43來說明有關適用本發明的第4實施例。本實施例是由抵接離間桿的彈簧來接受彈壓力的部分的配置是與上述各實施例不同。有關未說明的記述則是與實施例1同樣的構成。 Next, the fourth embodiment to which the present invention is applied will be explained using FIG. 43. In this embodiment, the configuration of the part that receives the elastic force by the spring abutting against the spacer is different from the above-mentioned embodiments. The unexplained description has the same structure as that of the first embodiment.
圖43是驅動側顯像加壓彈簧302會比通過驅動側抵接離間桿301的被支撐部301d的中心來和第一突出部301f的突出方向之箭號M1方向垂直的線還要配置於與箭號M1方向相反側的模式圖。 FIG. 43 shows that the drive-side development pressurizing spring 302 will be arranged on the line perpendicular to the direction of the arrow M1 of the first protrusion 301f through the center of the supported portion 301d of the drive-side abutment of the spacer 301. A schematic diagram of the side opposite to the direction of the arrow M1.
如圖43(a)所示般,驅動側抵接離間桿301是具有第一抵接面301a、第二抵接面301b、第三抵接面301c、被支撐部301d、規制抵接部301e、另一端部301m。而且,驅動側抵接離間桿301是藉由被支撐部301d來對於驅動側顯像軸承306可旋轉被支撐於支撐部306b。 As shown in Figure 43(a), the drive-side abutment and release lever 301 has a first abutment surface 301a, a second abutment surface 301b, a third abutment surface 301c, a supported portion 301d, and a regulated abutment portion 301e 301m at the other end. In addition, the driving-side abutting and separating rod 301 is rotatably supported by the supporting portion 306b with respect to the driving-side developing bearing 306 by the supported portion 301d.
驅動側顯像加壓彈簧302是壓縮彈簧,一端部302d會與第三抵接面301c抵接,另一端部302e會抵接於設在驅動側顯像軸承306的抵接面306d。 The drive-side development pressurizing spring 302 is a compression spring, and one end 302d abuts against the third contact surface 301c, and the other end 302e abuts against the contact surface 306d provided on the drive-side development bearing 306.
在此,於顯像卡匣B1單體的狀態,驅動側抵接離間桿301是在第三抵接面301c中由驅動側顯像加壓彈簧302來受力於箭號F30方向。此時,以支撐部306b為中心旋轉於箭號N10方向,規制抵接部301e抵接於驅動側顯像軸承306的規制部306e。 Here, in the state of the development cassette B1 alone, the driving side abutting and separating lever 301 is forced in the direction of the arrow F30 by the driving side development pressure spring 302 on the third abutting surface 301c. At this time, it rotates in the direction of arrow N10 with the support portion 306b as the center, and the regulation abutment portion 301e abuts against the regulation portion 306e of the drive-side developing bearing 306.
並且,顯像卡匣B1是被定位於以驅動側側板(未圖 示)的被支撐部310b中心可搖動被支撐於箭號N5、箭號N6方向的驅動側搖動引導310。由於非驅動側也同樣,因此顯像卡匣B1是以被支撐部310b為中心可旋轉於箭號N5、箭號N6方向。 In addition, the developing cassette B1 is positioned at the center of the supported portion 310b of the driving side plate (not shown) to be swayably supported by the driving side rocking guide 310 in the directions of arrows N5 and N6. Since the non-driving side is the same, the developing cassette B1 is rotatable in the direction of the arrow N5 and the arrow N6 with the supported portion 310b as the center.
在此,驅動側裝置推壓構件303是設有第一抵接面303a、第二抵接面303b,而可滑動於箭號N7方向、箭號N8方向。 Here, the driving-side device pressing member 303 is provided with a first abutting surface 303a and a second abutting surface 303b, and is slidable in the arrow N7 direction and the arrow N8 direction.
使感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13加壓時,驅動側裝置推壓構件303會移動於箭號N7方向。然後,驅動側裝置推壓構件303的第二抵接面303b是抵接於驅動側抵接離間桿301的第一抵接面301a。驅動側抵接離間桿301是以支撐部306b為中心可旋轉,因此驅動側抵接離間桿301是旋轉於N20方向,規制抵接部301e會離開規制部302e。 When the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 are pressurized, the driving-side device pressing member 303 moves in the direction of the arrow N7. Then, the second abutting surface 303b of the driving-side device pressing member 303 abuts on the first abutting surface 301a of the driving-side abutment and separation lever 301. The driving-side abutment and separation lever 301 is rotatable with the support portion 306b as the center. Therefore, the driving-side abutment and separation lever 301 rotates in the N20 direction, and the regulating abutting portion 301e will leave the regulating portion 302e.
此時,驅動側抵接離間桿301的第三抵接面301c是接受驅動側顯像加壓彈簧302的彈壓力F30,箭號N10方向的力矩M10會作用於驅動側抵接離間桿301。此時,驅動側裝置推壓構件303的第二抵接面303b與驅動側抵接離間桿301的第一抵接面301a會抵接。因此,驅動側抵接離間桿301的第一抵接面301a是從驅動側裝置推壓構件303的第二抵接面303b接受力F32,而使與力矩M10相稱的力矩會作用於驅動側抵接離間桿301。因此,在顯像卡匣B1是力F32的外力會作用。 At this time, the third abutting surface 301c of the driving side abutting and separating rod 301 receives the elastic force F30 of the driving side developing pressure spring 302, and the moment M10 in the direction of the arrow N10 will act on the driving side abutting and separating rod 301. At this time, the second abutting surface 303b of the driving-side device pressing member 303 and the first abutting surface 301a of the driving-side abutment and separation lever 301 abut. Therefore, the first abutment surface 301a of the drive-side abutment and release lever 301 receives the force F32 from the second abutment surface 303b of the drive-side device pressing member 303, so that a moment commensurate with the moment M10 will act on the drive-side abutment. Connect to the middle rod 301. Therefore, the external force of force F32 acts on the developing cassette B1.
而且,顯像卡匣B1是以被支撐部310b為中心可旋轉於箭號N5、箭號N6方向,因此顯像卡匣B1是藉由力 F32的外力來移動於箭號N5方向。此時,顯像滾輪13會抵接於感光鼓10。顯像卡匣B1是藉由顯像滾輪13抵接於感光鼓10來決定箭號N5方向的旋轉姿勢。 Moreover, the development cassette B1 is rotatable in the arrow N5 and arrow N6 directions with the supported portion 310b as the center. Therefore, the development cassette B1 is moved in the arrow N5 direction by the external force of the force F32. At this time, the developing roller 13 abuts against the photosensitive drum 10. The developing cartridge B1 determines the rotation posture in the direction of arrow N5 when the developing roller 13 abuts on the photosensitive drum 10.
而且,一旦驅動側裝置推壓構件303移動於箭號N7方向,則由於顯像卡匣B1在箭號N5方向是不能旋轉,因此驅動側抵接離間桿301是以支撐部306b為中心旋轉於N20方向。然後,驅動側抵接離間桿301的第三抵接面301c是接受驅動側顯像加壓彈簧302的彈壓力F31(參照圖43(b))。 Moreover, once the drive-side device pressing member 303 moves in the direction of arrow N7, since the developing cartridge B1 cannot rotate in the direction of arrow N5, the drive-side abutment and separation lever 301 rotates around the support portion 306b. N20 direction. Then, the third abutting surface 301c of the driving side abutting and separating lever 301 receives the urging force F31 of the driving side development pressure spring 302 (see FIG. 43(b)).
在此,因為驅動側顯像加壓彈簧302更被壓縮,所以成為:F31>F30。 Here, because the drive-side development pressure spring 302 is more compressed, it becomes: F31>F30.
由於顯像卡匣B1已在箭號N5方向不能旋轉,因此顯像滾輪13會被加壓於感光鼓10。 Since the developing cartridge B1 has been unable to rotate in the direction of the arrow N5, the developing roller 13 will be pressurized on the photosensitive drum 10.
使感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13離間時,驅動側裝置推壓構件303會移動於箭號N8方向,第一抵接面303a會抵接於第二抵接面301b。由於驅動側抵接離間桿301是以支撐部306b為中心可旋轉於箭號N10方向,因此規制抵接部301e會抵接於軸承306的規制部306e,驅動側抵接離間桿301會決定位置。 When the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 are separated, the driving side device pressing member 303 will move in the direction of arrow N8, and the first abutting surface 303a will abut the second abutting surface 301b. Since the drive side abutment and release lever 301 is centered on the support portion 306b and can be rotated in the direction of arrow N10, the regulation abutment portion 301e will abut against the regulation portion 306e of the bearing 306, and the drive side abutment and release lever 301 will determine the position .
而且,一旦驅動側裝置推壓構件303移動於箭號N8方向,則顯像卡匣B1是以被支撐部310b為中心可旋轉於箭號N5、箭號N6方向,因此顯像卡匣B1是以被支撐部310b為中心移動於箭號N6方向。然後,顯像滾輪13會從感光鼓10離間。 Moreover, once the driving-side device pressing member 303 moves in the direction of arrow N8, the development cassette B1 is rotatable in the direction of arrows N5 and N6 with the supported portion 310b as the center, so the development cassette B1 is It moves in the arrow N6 direction with the supported portion 310b as the center. Then, the developing roller 13 is separated from the photosensitive drum 10.
在本實施例中,如圖43所示般,由顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸方向來看,第一抵接面(力承受部)301a與第三抵接面(彈壓力承受部)301c之間的距離是比第一抵接面301a與被支撐部301d的距離更長。藉此,在實施例1所示之相當於作為壓縮彈簧的彈壓構件之驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的構件的位置配置自由度會增加,因此設計自由度會增加。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 43, viewed from the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13, the first contact surface (force receiving portion) 301a and the third contact surface (elastic force receiving portion) 301c The distance therebetween is longer than the distance between the first contact surface 301a and the supported portion 301d. As a result, the degree of freedom in the positional arrangement of the member corresponding to the driving side development pressure spring 71 as the urging member of the compression spring shown in the first embodiment is increased, and therefore the degree of design freedom is increased.
而且,如實施例1所示般,在驅動側抵接離間桿301具有被加壓面(第一抵接面301a)及被離間面(第二抵接面301g)。在該等中,驅動側裝置推壓構件303的加壓面(第二抵接面303b)及離間面(第一抵接面303a)會分別作用。藉此,可使用驅動側抵接離間桿301的單一零件來因應所需選擇感光鼓10與顯像滾輪13的抵接狀態或離間狀態。其結果,顯像卡匣B1的構成的簡易化為可能。 Furthermore, as shown in the first embodiment, on the driving side, the abutment and separation lever 301 has a pressed surface (first abutment surface 301a) and a separated surface (the second abutment surface 301g). Among these, the pressing surface (the second abutting surface 303b) and the separating surface (the first abutting surface 303a) of the driving-side device pressing member 303 act separately. In this way, a single part of the driving side abutting and separating lever 301 can be used to select the abutting state or the separating state of the photosensitive drum 10 and the developing roller 13 according to requirements. As a result, it is possible to simplify the structure of the developing cassette B1.
又,實施例4的變形例,亦可設為其次那樣的構成。 Moreover, the modification of Example 4 can also be set as the following structure.
本變形例是如圖54所示般,在驅動側顯像軸承336設置規制部336b。在本變形例中,加壓彈簧71的位置是與實施例1相同,隔著支撐部36c,在相反方向設置突出部(被規制部)360b,使突出部360b抵接於規制部336b的構成。另外,在彈壓力承受部370c接受來自驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓力之構成是與實施例1同樣。 In this modified example, as shown in FIG. 54, a regulating portion 336 b is provided in the driving side development bearing 336. In this modification, the position of the pressurizing spring 71 is the same as that of the first embodiment. The protruding portion (regulated portion) 360b is provided in the opposite direction through the supporting portion 36c, and the protruding portion 360b is in contact with the regulated portion 336b. . In addition, the structure for receiving the urging force from the driving-side development pressurizing spring 71 at the urging force receiving portion 370c is the same as that of the first embodiment.
若根據本變形例,則在規制部336b的驅動側顯像軸承336內的配置自由度會增加。並且,藉由拉長來自支撐部36c的距離,亦可減少加諸於規制部336b的力,亦可 抑制容器變形。亦即,從驅動側裝置推壓構件150的第二抵接面150b被加壓的第一抵接面370a、支撐部36c及突出部360b的關係是如其次般。由顯像滾輪13的軸線方向來看,第一抵接面370a與突出部360b的距離是比第一抵接面370a與支撐部36c的距離更長。另外,上述說明雖是以驅動側為代表進行說明,但在非驅動側也可為同樣的構成。 According to this modified example, the degree of freedom of arrangement in the driving side development bearing 336 of the regulation portion 336b is increased. In addition, by lengthening the distance from the supporting portion 36c, the force applied to the regulating portion 336b can also be reduced, and the deformation of the container can also be suppressed. That is, the relationship between the first abutting surface 370a, the supporting portion 36c, and the protruding portion 360b that are pressurized from the second abutting surface 150b of the driving-side device pressing member 150 is the following. Viewed from the axial direction of the developing roller 13, the distance between the first contact surface 370a and the protruding portion 360b is longer than the distance between the first contact surface 370a and the support portion 36c. In addition, although the foregoing description is representative of the driving side, the same configuration may be adopted on the non-driving side.
並且,在上述任一的實施例中也可適用本實施例的第三抵接面(彈壓力承受部)301c的配置、及或本變形例的規制部336b的配置。 In addition, the arrangement of the third contact surface (elastic force receiving portion) 301c of this embodiment and the arrangement of the regulation portion 336b of this modification can also be applied to any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
《實施例5》
"Example 5"
其次,利用圖50來說明有關適用本發明的第5實施例。本實施例的顯像卡匣B1是只在非驅動側設有非驅動側抵接離間桿72的點與上述各實施例不同。有關未說明的記述則是與實施例1同樣的構成。 Next, the fifth embodiment to which the present invention is applied will be explained using FIG. 50. The imaging cassette B1 of this embodiment is different from the foregoing embodiments only in that the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 is provided on the non-driving side. The unexplained description has the same structure as that of the first embodiment.
如圖50所示般,本實施例的顯像卡匣B1是在驅動側未設驅動側抵接離間桿70、及驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71(虛線部分)。另一方面,只在非驅動側設置非驅動側抵接離間桿72、及非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73(未圖示)。亦即,有關顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線的方向,只在未配置有顯像框體的耦合構件180的側配置有非驅動側抵接離間桿72或非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73。另外,有關顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線的方向,所謂未配置有顯像框體的耦合構件180 的側是表示有關顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線的方向,比卡匣B1的中央更未配置有耦合構件180的側的部分。 As shown in FIG. 50, the development cassette B1 of this embodiment is not provided with the drive side abutment and release lever 70 and the drive side development pressure spring 71 (the dotted line) on the drive side. On the other hand, the non-driving side contact and separation lever 72 and the non-driving side development pressure spring 73 (not shown) are provided only on the non-driving side. That is, regarding the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13, only the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 or the non-driving side development pressing spring 73 is arranged on the side of the coupling member 180 where the development frame is not arranged. In addition, regarding the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13, the so-called side of the coupling member 180 where the developing frame is not arranged means the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13, which is less than the center of the cassette B1. The part of the side of the coupling member 180.
如圖8所示般,在驅動側,耦合構件180會旋轉於箭號X6方向。接受該旋轉力的顯像卡匣B1是與驅動側搖動引導80一體以支撐部90c(參照圖27)為中心揺動於圖27所示的箭號N6方向。當藉由耦合構件180所接受的驅動力而產生的N6方向的力矩為處於充分時,僅此在驅動側可使顯像滾輪13對於感光體鼓10壓接。 As shown in FIG. 8, on the driving side, the coupling member 180 rotates in the direction of arrow X6. The developing cartridge B1 receiving this rotational force is integrated with the driving side swing guide 80 and moved in the direction of arrow N6 shown in FIG. 27 around the support portion 90c (refer to FIG. 27). When the torque in the N6 direction generated by the driving force received by the coupling member 180 is sufficient, only the developing roller 13 can be pressed against the photoconductor drum 10 on the driving side.
另一方面,在非驅動側,由於無法取得像驅動側那樣程度藉由耦合構件180所接受的驅動力而產生的N6方向的力矩,因此與實施例1同樣為使用被驅動側抵接離間桿72的構成。 On the other hand, on the non-driving side, the torque in the N6 direction generated by the driving force received by the coupling member 180 cannot be obtained as much as the driving side. Therefore, the driven side abutting and separating lever is used as in Example 1. The composition of 72.
在上述任一實施例中,皆可適用本實施例只在非驅動側設有非驅動側抵接離間桿72的構成。然後,藉由本實施例的適用,可實現隨驅動側抵接離間桿70的削減之零件件數的削減所產生成本降低。 In any of the above embodiments, the configuration in this embodiment that only the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 is provided on the non-driving side can be applied. Then, through the application of this embodiment, the cost reduction caused by the reduction in the number of parts with the reduction of the drive-side abutment and separation lever 70 can be achieved.
《實施例6》
"Example 6"
利用圖51、圖52來說明有關適用本發明的第6實施例。本實施例是只在卡匣B1的一端部設有承受使顯像滾輪13抵接時的力量之第1力承受部,只在另一端部設有承受使顯像滾輪13離間時的力量之第2力承受部的點與上述各實施例不同。有關未說明的記述則是與實施例1同樣的構成。 The sixth embodiment to which the present invention is applied will be described with reference to FIGS. 51 and 52. In this embodiment, only one end of the cassette B1 is provided with a first force receiving portion for receiving the force when the developing roller 13 is in contact with each other, and only the other end is provided with a first force receiving portion for receiving the force when the developing roller 13 is separated. The point of the second force receiving portion is different from the above-mentioned respective embodiments. The unexplained description has the same structure as that of the first embodiment.
圖51是表示顯像滾輪13抵接於感光鼓10時的圖。圖51(a)是表示驅動側抵接離間桿170、及予以支撐的驅動側顯像軸承236的圖,圖51(b)是表示非驅動側抵接離間桿72、及予以支撐的非驅動側顯像軸承246的圖。 FIG. 51 is a diagram showing when the developing roller 13 is in contact with the photosensitive drum 10. Fig. 51(a) is a diagram showing the driving side abutting and separating rod 170 and the supporting driving side developing bearing 236, and Fig. 51(b) is a diagram showing the non-driving side abutting and separating rod 72 and the supported non-driving Figure of side imaging bearing 246.
如圖51所示般,有關顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線的方向,在另一端部的驅動側,驅動側抵接離間桿170可轉動地被支撐於驅動側顯像軸承236。但,像實施例1所示那樣的驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71是未被設置。因此,一旦驅動側裝置推壓構件150移動於箭號N7方向,則驅動側抵接離間桿170會以支撐部236c為中心逆時針轉動。但,無法使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10推壓的力在驅動側抵接離間桿170的作用賦予驅動側顯像軸承236。但,在驅動側,像實施例5那樣,藉由耦合構件180接受驅動力來接受使顯像滾輪13對於感光體鼓10抵接的方向的力矩。因此,可藉由此力矩來使顯像滾輪13壓接於感光體鼓10。 As shown in FIG. 51, regarding the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13, on the driving side of the other end, the driving side abutting and separating rod 170 is rotatably supported by the driving side developing bearing 236. However, the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 as shown in the first embodiment is not provided. Therefore, once the driving side device pressing member 150 moves in the arrow N7 direction, the driving side abutment and separation lever 170 rotates counterclockwise with the support portion 236c as the center. However, the force exerted by the developing roller 13 against the photosensitive drum 10 cannot be applied to the driving-side developing bearing 236 by the action of abutting the spacer 170 on the driving side. However, on the driving side, as in the fifth embodiment, the coupling member 180 receives the driving force to receive the torque in the direction in which the developing roller 13 abuts the photoreceptor drum 10. Therefore, the developing roller 13 can be pressed against the photoreceptor drum 10 by this torque.
另一方面,有關顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線的方向,在另一端部的非驅動側是設有與實施例1同樣的非驅動側抵接離間桿72。非驅動側抵接離間桿72的第一抵接面72a會被推壓至移動於N7方向的驅動側裝置推壓構件151而轉動,藉此推壓非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73,使顯像滾輪13對於感光鼓10推壓。 On the other hand, regarding the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13, the non-driving side at the other end is provided with the same non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 as in the first embodiment. The first abutting surface 72a of the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 is pushed to the driving side device pressing member 151 moving in the N7 direction to rotate, thereby pushing the non-driving side developing pressure spring 73 to make The developing roller 13 pushes against the photosensitive drum 10.
圖52是表示顯像滾輪13自感光鼓10離間時的圖。 FIG. 52 is a diagram showing when the developing roller 13 is separated from the photosensitive drum 10.
藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150往箭號N8方向移動,驅動側抵接離間桿170會與驅動側軸承構件236的規制部 236b抵接。而且,藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150往箭號N8方向移動,推壓驅動側抵接離間桿170的被離間部170g而使顯像卡匣B1移動,使顯像滾輪13從感光鼓10離間。 As the driving side device pressing member 150 moves in the direction of the arrow N8, the driving side abutting and separating rod 170 comes into contact with the regulating portion 236b of the driving side bearing member 236. Furthermore, the driving side device pressing member 150 moves in the direction of the arrow N8 to push the separated portion 170g of the driving side abutment lever 170 to move the developing cartridge B1, and the developing roller 13 is moved from the photosensitive drum 10. Divorce.
另外,亦可為驅動側抵接離間桿170對於驅動側軸承構件236固定的構成或在驅動側軸承構件236一體地設置相當於被離間部170g的部分。 In addition, it may be a structure in which the drive-side abutment and separation rod 170 is fixed to the drive-side bearing member 236, or the drive-side bearing member 236 may be integrally provided with a portion corresponding to the separated portion 170g.
另一方面,在非驅動側是未具有實施例1所示的非驅動側抵接離間桿72的規制部46e。因此,即使非驅動側裝置推壓構件151移動於箭號N8方向,非驅動側抵接離間桿72也是僅以支撐部246f為中心順時針轉動,無使顯像滾輪13從感光鼓10離間的作用。此時非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73是形成自然長。此時非驅動側顯像加壓彈簧73是亦可離開從非驅動側抵接離間桿72。 On the other hand, on the non-driving side, the regulation portion 46e that does not have the non-driving side abutment and separation lever 72 shown in the first embodiment is not provided. Therefore, even if the non-driving side device pressing member 151 moves in the direction of arrow N8, the non-driving side abutting and separating lever 72 rotates clockwise only with the support portion 246f as the center, without separating the developing roller 13 from the photosensitive drum 10. effect. At this time, the non-driving side development pressure spring 73 is formed to be naturally long. At this time, the non-driving side development pressurizing spring 73 may also be separated from the non-driving side abutting the spacer 72.
但,因為在驅動側接受為了離間的力,所以將驅動側軸承構件236的剛性形成一定以上,藉此在非驅動側也可進行離間。此離間時,顯像滾輪13是亦可對於感光鼓10以形成傾斜的形式來離間。亦即,驅動側的顯像滾輪13是大幅度從感光鼓10離間,但在非驅動側是形成比驅動側更小的離間量。於是,先提高驅動側軸承構件236的剛性,而使能夠在顯像滾輪13與感光鼓10之間成為必要的離間量的最小值以上的離間量。如此,本實施例是只在卡匣B1的一端部設置接受使顯像滾輪13抵接時的力之第1力承受部(第一抵接面72a)。而且,只在卡匣B1的另一端 部設置接受使顯像滾輪13離間時的力之第2力承受部(被離間部170g)。亦即,在卡匣B1設置接受使顯像滾輪13抵接時的力及使顯像滾輪13離間時的力之從裝置本體不同的方向(相反方向)的力的2個部分(第1力承受部、第2力承受部)。而且,將該2個的部分(第1力承受部、第2力承受部)設在有關顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線的方向,卡匣B1的一端部及另一端部。 However, since the force for separation is received on the drive side, the rigidity of the drive side bearing member 236 is set to a certain level or more, thereby enabling separation on the non-drive side. During this separation, the developing roller 13 can also be separated from the photosensitive drum 10 in an inclined manner. That is, the developing roller 13 on the driving side is largely separated from the photosensitive drum 10, but on the non-driving side, the amount of separation is smaller than that on the driving side. Therefore, the rigidity of the drive-side bearing member 236 is first increased, so that the separation amount between the developing roller 13 and the photosensitive drum 10 can be greater than the minimum value of the necessary separation amount. In this way, in the present embodiment, only one end of the cassette B1 is provided with the first force receiving portion (first contact surface 72a) that receives the force when the developing roller 13 is brought into contact. Furthermore, only the other end of the cassette B1 is provided with a second force receiving portion (170g of the separated portion) that receives the force when the developing roller 13 is separated. That is, the cassette B1 is provided with two parts (first force) that receive the force when the developing roller 13 is brought into contact with each other and the force when the developing roller 13 is spaced apart from the device body in a different direction (opposite direction). Bearing part, second force bearing part). Then, the two parts (the first force receiving portion and the second force receiving portion) are provided in the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13 at one end and the other end of the cassette B1.
本實施例的第1力承受部、第2力承受部的構成是在上述實施例5以外的實施例的任一中也可適用。 The configuration of the first force receiving portion and the second force receiving portion of this embodiment can be applied to any of the embodiments other than the above-mentioned embodiment 5.
若根據本實施例,則相對於實施例1,不需要驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71,可實現降低成本。又,由於在非驅動側隨離間之顯像卡匣B1的移動量少,因此可抑制可移動地支撐顯像卡匣B1的非驅動側搖動引導81的消耗。 According to this embodiment, compared to the first embodiment, the drive-side development pressure spring 71 is not required, and cost reduction can be achieved. In addition, since the amount of movement of the developing cartridge B1 following the separation on the non-driving side is small, it is possible to suppress the consumption of the non-driving side rocking guide 81 that movably supports the developing cartridge B1.
《實施例7》
"Example 7"
利用圖53來說明有關適用本發明的第7實施例。在此,有關未說明的記述則是與實施例1同樣的構成。 The seventh embodiment to which the present invention is applied will be explained with reference to FIG. 53. Here, the unexplained description has the same structure as that of the first embodiment.
在實施例1中,驅動側抵接離間桿70及非驅動側抵接離間桿72是顯示在以規制部36b、46e及加壓彈簧71、73所夾入的狀態下決定位置的構成。但,像圖53那樣,驅動側抵接離間桿270亦可為在驅動側顯像加壓彈簧171與規制部36b之間未決定位置的構成(在非驅動側也可為同樣的構成)。此構成是可適用在驅動側顯像加壓彈簧171的自由長為短的情況。 In the first embodiment, the driving-side abutting and disengaging rod 70 and the non-driving-side abutting and disengaging rod 72 are shown as a configuration in which the positions are determined in a state in which the regulating parts 36b and 46e and the pressure springs 71 and 73 are sandwiched. However, as shown in FIG. 53, the drive-side abutment and release lever 270 may have a configuration in which a position is not determined between the drive-side development pressurizing spring 171 and the regulation portion 36b (the same configuration may also be used on the non-drive side). This configuration is applicable when the free length of the development pressure spring 171 on the drive side is short.
驅動側裝置推壓構件150為往N7方向(參照圖28)移動的動作,離間桿270是抵接於規制部36b。並且,為往N8方向移動的動作,離間桿270是壓縮加壓彈簧171。在此,規制部36b是設在可規制驅動側抵接離間桿70往遠離顯像滾輪13的方向移動的位置。 The driving-side device pressing member 150 moves in the N7 direction (refer to FIG. 28), and the separating rod 270 is in contact with the regulating portion 36b. In addition, in order to move in the N8 direction, the separation lever 270 is a compression spring 171. Here, the regulating portion 36b is provided at a position that can regulate the movement of the driving side abutting and separating lever 70 in a direction away from the developing roller 13.
在上述任一的實施例中也可適用本實施例的構成。 The configuration of this embodiment can also be applied to any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
《實施例8》
"Example 8"
利用圖55、56來說明有關適用本發明的第8實施例。本實施例是耦合構件的構成與上述各實施例不同。有關未說明的記述則是與實施例1同樣的構成。 The eighth embodiment to which the present invention is applied will be explained with reference to Figs. 55 and 56. In this embodiment, the configuration of the coupling member is different from the foregoing embodiments. The unexplained description has the same structure as that of the first embodiment.
實施例1是在裝置本體A1側不設離合器機構,對於旋轉的本體驅動構件100卡合耦合構件180,且可從旋轉的本體驅動構件100將耦合構件180解除卡合。其具體的構成,是藉由設為耦合構件180可傾斜的構成來達成。 In the first embodiment, the clutch mechanism is not provided on the device body A1 side, the coupling member 180 is engaged with the rotating body drive member 100, and the coupling member 180 can be disengaged from the rotating body drive member 100. The specific structure is achieved by making the coupling member 180 tiltable.
本實施例是說明與實施例1同樣在裝置本體A1側不設離合器機構,卡合於旋轉的本體驅動構件100,且可卡合解除的耦合構成。 This embodiment is the same as the first embodiment to describe the coupling structure in which the clutch mechanism is not provided on the side of the device body A1, is engaged with the rotating body drive member 100, and can be disengaged.
圖55(a)是表示設在本實施例的顯像卡匣B2之耦合構件280的立體圖。顯像側蓋34是省略。圖55(b)是表示組裝耦合構件280的狀態的立體圖。 FIG. 55(a) is a perspective view showing the coupling member 280 provided in the developing cassette B2 of this embodiment. The developing side cover 34 is omitted. FIG. 55(b) is a perspective view showing a state in which the coupling member 280 is assembled.
耦合構件280是在驅動輸入齒輪127內,構成進退自如於耦合構件280的旋轉軸線L2方向。在耦合構件280與驅動輸入齒輪127之間是設有彈壓構件130,耦合構件 280是經常被彈壓至軸線L2方向外側。被設在耦合構件280的旋轉力承受部280a1、280a2會從本體側驅動構件100(參照圖8參照)接受驅動力。而且,旋轉力傳達部280c1、280c2會將驅動力傳達至驅動輸入齒輪127的旋轉力被傳達部127d1、127d2,藉此將驅動傳至顯像滾輪13。 The coupling member 280 is in the drive input gear 127 and is configured to move forward and backward in the direction of the rotation axis L2 of the coupling member 280. An elastic member 130 is provided between the coupling member 280 and the drive input gear 127, and the coupling member 280 is always elastically pressed to the outside in the direction of the axis L2. The rotational force receiving portions 280a1 and 280a2 provided in the coupling member 280 receive the driving force from the main body side driving member 100 (refer to FIG. 8). In addition, the rotational force transmitting portions 280c1 and 280c2 transmit the driving force to the rotational force transmitting portions 127d1, 127d2 of the drive input gear 127, thereby transmitting the drive to the developing roller 13.
在耦合構件280的前端側是設有外圓錐面280e。該部分會抵接於本體側驅動構件100(參照圖8)的前端面,藉此往軸線L2方向內側退避,與本體側驅動構件100卡合。並且,在外圓錐面280e的內側是與實施例1同樣設有圓錐部280g,因此同樣抵接於本體側驅動構件100的前端面,藉此往軸線L2方向內側退避,從本體側驅動構件100離脫。 On the front end side of the coupling member 280, an outer conical surface 280e is provided. This part abuts on the front end surface of the main body side drive member 100 (refer to FIG. 8), thereby retracting inward in the direction of the axis L2, and engages with the main body side drive member 100. In addition, the inner side of the outer conical surface 280e is provided with a conical portion 280g similar to the first embodiment, so it also abuts on the front end surface of the main body-side drive member 100, thereby retreating inwardly in the direction of the axis L2, and separates from the main body-side drive member 100 Take off.
藉由以上那樣的構成,可不在裝置本體A1側設置離合器機構,往旋轉的本體驅動構件100卡合及離脫。 With the above configuration, it is possible to engage and disengage the rotating body drive member 100 without providing the clutch mechanism on the side of the apparatus body A1.
並且,與實施例1同樣,驅動側抵接離間桿70及驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71也可被設置。 In addition, as in the first embodiment, the drive side abutment and release lever 70 and the drive side development pressure spring 71 may also be provided.
圖56(a)是本實施例的正面圖,圖56(b)是圖56(a)的A-A剖面圖。 Fig. 56(a) is a front view of this embodiment, and Fig. 56(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A of Fig. 56(a).
耦合構件280是藉由彈壓構件130來可移動地被支撐於軸線L2方向。設在耦合構件280的圓筒外徑部280h(滑動部)會在驅動側顯像軸承136的圓筒內徑部(被滑動部)136h內可滑動地被支撐。 The coupling member 280 is movably supported in the direction of the axis L2 by the elastic member 130. The cylindrical outer diameter portion 280h (sliding portion) provided in the coupling member 280 is slidably supported in the cylindrical inner diameter portion (slid portion) 136h of the drive-side developing bearing 136.
在此,如圖56(b)所示般,圓筒外徑部280h(滑動部) 與圓筒內徑部(被滑動部)127h是配置成其至少一部分會與驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71重疊於軸線L2方向。藉此以驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71所產生的力來產生扭轉驅動側顯像軸承136那樣的力矩,可抑制影響對滑動部280h、127h的變形。因此,可抑制妨礙往耦合構件280的軸線L2方向的進退動作。 Here, as shown in FIG. 56(b), the cylindrical outer diameter portion 280h (sliding portion) and the cylindrical inner diameter portion (slidable portion) 127h are arranged so that at least a part of them will interact with the drive-side developing compression spring 71 overlaps the axis L2 direction. As a result, the force generated by the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 generates a moment that twists the drive-side development bearing 136, and the influence on the deformation of the sliding parts 280h and 127h can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to suppress hindering the advance and retreat movement in the direction of the axis L2 of the coupling member 280.
並且,定義與彈壓構件130的彈壓方向L2正交的平面L2X。驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓方向L4與平面L2X所成的角度θ是-45°≦θ≦+45°(-45°度以上、+45°以下)的範圍為理想。更理想是-10°≦θ≦+10°(-10°以上、+10°以下)。最理想是θ≒0°(0°或實質上0°)。藉此可抑制彈壓構件130影響驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的彈壓力。亦即,彈壓構件130是在耦合構件280從本體側驅動構件100傳達驅動的期間,經常處於彈壓狀態。此時,彈壓構件130所產生的力成分不太作用於驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的方向較對於驅動側顯像加壓彈簧71的影響小,加壓力的精度會提升。 In addition, a plane L2X orthogonal to the biasing direction L2 of the biasing member 130 is defined. The angle θ formed by the urging direction L4 of the drive-side development pressure spring 71 and the plane L2X is preferably in the range of -45°≦θ≦+45° (-45° or more and +45° or less). More preferably, it is -10°≦θ≦+10° (-10° or more, +10° or less). The most ideal is θ≒0° (0° or substantially 0°). Thereby, it is possible to prevent the elastic member 130 from affecting the elastic force of the driving-side development pressure spring 71. That is, the elastic member 130 is always in an elastic state while the coupling member 280 transmits the drive from the main body side driving member 100. At this time, the direction in which the force component generated by the elastic member 130 is less applied to the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71 has less influence on the drive-side development pressurizing spring 71, and the accuracy of the pressing force is improved.
在上述任一實施例中也可適用本實施例的耦合構件280的構成,設為本實施例那樣的彈壓方向L4、L2的關係。 The configuration of the coupling member 280 of this embodiment can also be applied to any of the above-mentioned embodiments, and the relationship between the elastic pressing directions L4 and L2 as in this embodiment is set.
《實施例9》
"Example 9"
利用圖57來說明有關適用本發明的第9實施例。本實施例是未具有規制部的點與上述各實施例不同。有關未 說明的記述則是與實施例1同樣的構成。 The ninth embodiment to which the present invention is applied will be explained with reference to FIG. 57. This embodiment is different from the above-mentioned embodiments in that it does not have a regulation unit. The unexplained description has the same structure as that of the first embodiment.
本實施例的卡匣B1是在驅動側顯像軸承436未設有相當於實施例1的規制部36b的構件。因此,使顯像滾輪13從感光體鼓10離間時是利用彈簧471的彈性力。 The cassette B1 of the present embodiment is a member that is not provided with the regulating portion 36b corresponding to the first embodiment in the driving-side developing bearing 436. Therefore, the elastic force of the spring 471 is used when separating the developing roller 13 from the photoreceptor drum 10.
如圖57所示,扭轉線圈彈簧的彈簧471的一端部是藉由夾於驅動側顯像軸承436的卡合部436d1、436d2之間來與驅動側顯像軸承436卡合。另一方面,彈簧471的另一端部是藉由夾於驅動側抵接離間桿470的卡合部470c1、470c2之間來與驅動側抵接離間桿470卡合。 As shown in FIG. 57, one end of the spring 471 of the torsion coil spring is sandwiched between the engaging portions 436d1 and 436d2 of the driving side development bearing 436 to engage with the driving side development bearing 436. On the other hand, the other end of the spring 471 is sandwiched between the engaging portions 470c1 and 470c2 of the driving side abutting and separating rod 470 to engage with the driving side abutting and separating rod 470.
圖57(a)是表示顯像滾輪13抵接於未圖示的感光體鼓的狀態的圖。驅動側抵接離間桿470的第一抵接面470a會藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150來推壓至N7方向,藉此在將彈簧471的狀態下,顯像滾輪13成為抵接於感光體鼓的狀態。此時,彈簧471的一端部是衝突於卡合部436d1,彈簧471的另一端部是衝突於卡合部470c1,驅動側抵接離間桿470會經由卡合部470c1來從彈簧471接受彈壓力。藉此,可維持顯像滾輪13與感光體鼓的適當的抵接壓。 FIG. 57(a) is a diagram showing a state in which the developing roller 13 is in contact with a photoreceptor drum (not shown). The first abutment surface 470a of the drive-side abutment and release lever 470 is pressed to the N7 direction by the drive-side device pressing member 150, whereby in the state of the spring 471, the developing roller 13 comes into contact with the photosensitive The state of the body drum. At this time, one end of the spring 471 collides with the engagement portion 436d1, and the other end of the spring 471 collides with the engagement portion 470c1. The drive side abutment and release lever 470 receives the elastic force from the spring 471 via the engagement portion 470c1. . Thereby, the proper contact pressure between the developing roller 13 and the photoreceptor drum can be maintained.
圖57(b)是表示顯像滾輪13從感光體鼓離間的狀態的圖。驅動側抵接離間桿470的被離間部470g會藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150來推壓至N8方向,藉此彈簧471的一端部是衝突於卡合部436d2,彈簧471的另一端部是衝突於卡合部470c2。因此,彈簧471是成為比自由長更伸長的狀態。藉此,可利用彈簧471的彈性力來使驅動側顯 像軸承436移動至顯像滾輪13從感光體鼓離間的方向。 Fig. 57(b) is a diagram showing a state in which the developing roller 13 is separated from the photoreceptor drum. The separated portion 470g of the drive-side abutment and separation lever 470 is pushed to the N8 direction by the drive-side device pressing member 150, whereby one end of the spring 471 collides with the engaging portion 436d2, and the other end of the spring 471 It is in conflict with the engaging portion 470c2. Therefore, the spring 471 is in a state of being extended more than the free length. Thereby, the elastic force of the spring 471 can be used to move the drive-side developing bearing 436 to the direction in which the developing roller 13 is separated from the photosensitive drum.
藉由如此使彈簧比自由長更伸長,亦可利用彈簧的彈性力來使顯像滾輪從感光體鼓離間。 By making the spring longer than the free length in this way, the elastic force of the spring can also be used to separate the developing roller from the photoreceptor drum.
並且,在上述任一實施例中也可適用本實施例的構成。 In addition, the configuration of this embodiment can also be applied to any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
<其他的事項> <Other matters>
另外,在上述的各實施例中,顯像卡匣B1、B2與鼓卡匣C為分離的構成。亦即,顯像裝置是作為顯像卡匣B1、B2與感光體鼓10個別被卡匣化,為對於畫像形成裝置的裝置本體裝卸的構成。然而,上述的實施例是在如此的構成以外也可適用。 In addition, in each of the above-mentioned embodiments, the developing cassettes B1 and B2 and the drum cassette C are separate structures. That is, the developing device is a structure that is separately cartridgeized as the developing cartridges B1, B2 and the photoreceptor drum 10, and is configured to be attached to and detached from the apparatus body of the image forming device. However, the above-mentioned embodiment is applicable to other than such a structure.
例如,即使是顯像卡匣B1、B2與鼓卡匣C不分離的構成,上述任一實施例的構成也可適用。亦即,亦可為使製程卡匣裝卸於畫像形成裝置的裝置本體那樣的構成,該製程卡匣是對於鼓卡匣C可轉動地結合顯像卡匣B1、B2(顯像裝置)而構成。亦即,製程卡匣是具備感光體鼓10及顯像裝置。而且,此製程卡匣與各實施例同樣具備第1可動構件120、第2可動構件121。 For example, even if the development cassettes B1 and B2 and the drum cassette C are not separated from each other, the configuration of any of the above-mentioned embodiments can be applied. That is, it may also be configured to attach and detach the process cassette to the main body of the image forming apparatus, and the process cassette is configured by rotatably coupling the developing cassettes B1 and B2 (developing devices) to the drum cassette C . That is, the process cartridge is equipped with the photoreceptor drum 10 and the developing device. In addition, this process cassette is provided with the first movable member 120 and the second movable member 121 similarly to the respective embodiments.
以下,說明有關製程卡匣的一例。圖49是由顯像滾輪13的旋轉軸線的方向來看被安裝於裝置本體A2的製程卡匣BC的圖。圖49(a)是表示顯像滾輪13抵接於感光體鼓10的狀態,圖49(b)是表示顯像滾輪13自感光體鼓10離間的狀態。 Hereinafter, an example of the process cassette will be described. FIG. 49 is a view of the process cassette BC installed in the main body A2 of the apparatus viewed from the direction of the rotation axis of the developing roller 13. FIG. 49(a) shows a state where the developing roller 13 is in contact with the photoreceptor drum 10, and FIG. 49(b) shows a state where the developing roller 13 is separated from the photoreceptor drum 10. As shown in FIG.
在圖49中是記載驅動側裝置推壓構件150作為裝置本體A2的一部分。在此,裝置本體A2是除了具有引導製程卡匣BC的裝卸的引導構件(未圖示)的點、及無驅動側搖動引導80、非驅動側搖動引導81的以外,成為與上述實施例說明的裝置本體A1同樣的構成。當然,在裝置本體A2的非驅動側是設有與裝置本體A1同樣的非驅動側裝置推壓構件151。 In FIG. 49, the drive side device pressing member 150 is described as a part of the device body A2. Here, the main body A2 of the apparatus is described with the above-mentioned embodiment except for the point of the guide member (not shown) that guides the attachment and detachment of the process cassette BC, and the non-driving side rocking guide 80 and the non-driving side rocking guide 81 The device body A1 has the same structure. Of course, on the non-driving side of the device body A2, a non-driving side device pressing member 151 similar to that of the device body A1 is provided.
製程卡匣BC主要是具有:作為顯像框體的驅動側顯像軸承536、感光體支撐框體521、及耦合構件180。驅動側顯像軸承536是支撐顯像滾輪13、驅動側抵接離間桿70、及被驅動側抵接離間桿72(未圖示)。除了具備可旋轉地被支撐於感光體支撐框體521的長孔521a的凸台536a的點以外,驅動側顯像軸承536是與上述實施例的驅動側顯像軸承36同樣的構成,因此同樣的部分的詳細省略。感光體支撐框體521是支撐感光體鼓10。 The process cartridge BC mainly has: a driving side developing bearing 536 as a developing frame, a photoconductor supporting frame 521, and a coupling member 180. The driving side development bearing 536 supports the development roller 13, the driving side abutting and separating rod 70, and the driven side abutting and separating rod 72 (not shown). Except for the point of the boss 536a that is rotatably supported by the elongated hole 521a of the photoreceptor support frame 521, the drive side development bearing 536 has the same structure as the drive side development bearing 36 of the above-mentioned embodiment, so it is the same The details of the part are omitted. The photoreceptor support frame 521 supports the photoreceptor drum 10.
在藉由長孔521a來支撐凸台536a之下,驅動側顯像軸承536可以凸台536a作為旋轉中心來對於感光體支撐框體521轉動。驅動側顯像軸承536是藉由被架設於感光體支撐框體521之間的未圖示的彈簧來彈壓至顯像滾輪13抵接於感光體鼓10的方向。另外,長孔521a是亦可為圓形的孔。 Under the support of the boss 536a by the long hole 521a, the driving side developing bearing 536 can rotate with the boss 536a as the center of rotation with respect to the photoconductor support frame 521. The drive-side development bearing 536 is urged by a spring (not shown) spanned between the photoreceptor support frame 521 to the direction in which the development roller 13 abuts the photoreceptor drum 10. In addition, the long hole 521a may be a circular hole.
製程卡匣BC被安裝於裝置本體A2的狀態是感光體支撐框體521會被定位於裝置本體A2的未圖示的定位部,固定成不動。然後,如圖49(a)所示般,在驅動側, 藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150來推壓驅動側抵接離間桿70的第一抵接面70a,藉此使驅動側顯像軸承536以凸台536a作為旋轉中心來逆時針轉動。藉此,可使顯像滾輪13抵接於感光體鼓10。 The state where the process cassette BC is mounted on the main body A2 of the apparatus is that the photoconductor support frame 521 is positioned on a positioning portion not shown in the main body A2 of the apparatus and fixed to be immobile. Then, as shown in FIG. 49(a), on the drive side, the drive side device pressing member 150 presses the first contact surface 70a of the drive side abutment lever 70, thereby displaying the image on the drive side The bearing 536 rotates counterclockwise with the boss 536a as the center of rotation. Thereby, the developing roller 13 can be brought into contact with the photoreceptor drum 10.
又,如圖49(b)所示般,在驅動側,藉由驅動側裝置推壓構件150來推壓驅動側抵接離間桿70的被離間部70g,藉此以凸台536a為旋轉中心,使驅動側顯像軸承536順時針轉動。藉此,可使顯像滾輪13從感光體鼓10離間。 Also, as shown in FIG. 49(b), on the drive side, the drive side device pressing member 150 presses the separated portion 70g of the drive side abutment and separation lever 70, thereby centering the boss 536a as the rotation center. , Make the driving side developing bearing 536 rotate clockwise. Thereby, the developing roller 13 can be separated from the photoreceptor drum 10.
如此,在上述的任一實施例中亦可為將顯像卡匣B1、B2置換成製程卡匣BC的構成。 In this way, in any of the above-mentioned embodiments, the imaging cassettes B1 and B2 may be replaced with process cassettes BC.
本發明並非限於上述實施形態,亦可在不脫離本發明的精神及範圍來實施各種的變更及變形。因此,為了將本發明的範圍公諸於世,而附上以下的請求項。 The present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiment, and various changes and modifications can be implemented without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Therefore, in order to make the scope of the present invention public, the following claims are attached.